<?xml version="1.0" encoding="UTF-8"?>
<rss version="2.0"
	xmlns:content="http://purl.org/rss/1.0/modules/content/"
	xmlns:wfw="http://wellformedweb.org/CommentAPI/"
	xmlns:dc="http://purl.org/dc/elements/1.1/"
	xmlns:bs="http://blogsoft.org/bs/elements/1.0/">
	<channel>
		<title>All is fair in love and war</title>
		<link>http://loveandwar.blogg.no/</link>
		<description>Besøk den andre bloggen min Friendsandlovers.blogg.no :]</description>
		<link rel="hub" href="http://bloggno.superfeedr.com/" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" />
		<link rel="self" href="http://feeds.blogg.no/715129/post.rss" xmlns="http://www.w3.org/2005/Atom" />
		<language>no</language>
		<generator></generator>
		<bs:blogid>715129</bs:blogid>
		<bs:blogurl>http://loveandwar.blogg.no/</bs:blogurl>
		<bs:blogname>All is fair in love and war</bs:blogname>
		<bs:image-profile>http://static.blogsoft.no/img/profiles/693452_1319629958378.png</bs:image-profile>
		<bs:url-profile>http://blogsoft.no/index.bd?fa=pf.view&amp;pf_id=593412</bs:url-profile>
					<image>
				<title>All is fair in love and war</title>
				<url>http://static.blogsoft.no/img/profiles/693452_1319629958378.png</url>
				<link>http://loveandwar.blogg.no/</link>
			</image>
				
		
		<item>
			<title>FØRSTEPLASS</title>
			<pubDate>Mon, 19 Dec 2011 16:09:10 GMT</pubDate>
			<link>http://loveandwar.blogg.no/1324310950_frsteplass.html</link>
			<guid>http://loveandwar.blogg.no/1324310950_frsteplass.html</guid>
			<description><![CDATA[  Så jeg er bare innom for å fortelle dere at oneshoten i innlegget nedenfor, altså "He just needed a push", vant en  konkuranse  på mibba. Jeg er kjempeglad for det! Hele grunnen til at jeg skrev oneshoten var pga den konkuransen. Jeg meldte meg på fordi jeg savnet og skrive og fordi jeg følte jeg trengte å få tilbake litt inspirasjon. Jeg kom tilfeldigvis over den konkuransen på mibba, og jeg endte opp med å melde meg på. Da jeg meldte meg på hadde jeg ca tre uker på meg på å skrive den, men jeg endte opp med på grensen til å trekke meg. Fordi jeg ikke kunne komme på noe å skrive. Så noen dager før deadlinen spurte jeg om det var greit at jeg fikk utsettelse, og jeg fikk en ekstra uke. Jeg gikk hele den uken å tenkte, og til slutt kom jeg på noe. To dager før. Jeg brukte de to dagene, og hele dagen dealinen var på for å skrive den ferdig, og jeg endte opp med å levere den et par timer over deadlinen, men det var greit.   
  Jeg var ganske usikker på den, og jeg var ganske sikker på at jeg ikke kom til å vinne, siden jeg var sikker på at de andre var mye bedre enn min. Men jeg endte opp med å vinne da, så jeg er ganske glad for det :D Første konkuransen jeg noen gang har vunnet.    ]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>Så jeg er bare innom for å fortelle dere at oneshoten i innlegget nedenfor, altså "He just needed a push", vant en <a href="http://www.mibba.com/forums/topic/170088/1/">konkuranse</a> på mibba. Jeg er kjempeglad for det! Hele grunnen til at jeg skrev oneshoten var pga den konkuransen. Jeg meldte meg på fordi jeg savnet og skrive og fordi jeg følte jeg trengte å få tilbake litt inspirasjon. Jeg kom tilfeldigvis over den konkuransen på mibba, og jeg endte opp med å melde meg på. Da jeg meldte meg på hadde jeg ca tre uker på meg på å skrive den, men jeg endte opp med på grensen til å trekke meg. Fordi jeg ikke kunne komme på noe å skrive. Så noen dager før deadlinen spurte jeg om det var greit at jeg fikk utsettelse, og jeg fikk en ekstra uke. Jeg gikk hele den uken å tenkte, og til slutt kom jeg på noe. To dager før. Jeg brukte de to dagene, og hele dagen dealinen var på for å skrive den ferdig, og jeg endte opp med å levere den et par timer over deadlinen, men det var greit. </strong></p>
<p><strong>Jeg var ganske usikker på den, og jeg var ganske sikker på at jeg ikke kom til å vinne, siden jeg var sikker på at de andre var mye bedre enn min. Men jeg endte opp med å vinne da, så jeg er ganske glad for det :D Første konkuransen jeg noen gang har vunnet. <br /></strong></p>]]></content:encoded>
			<bs:blogid></bs:blogid>
			<bs:blogurl></bs:blogurl>
			<bs:blogname></bs:blogname>
			<bs:itemtitle></bs:itemtitle>
			<bs:image-profile></bs:image-profile>
			<bs:url-profile></bs:url-profile>
			<bs:comments>0</bs:comments>
					
		</item>

		
		<item>
			<title>He just needed a push</title>
			<pubDate>Fri, 25 Nov 2011 00:44:36 GMT</pubDate>
			<link>http://loveandwar.blogg.no/1322181876_he_just_needed_a_push.html</link>
			<guid>http://loveandwar.blogg.no/1322181876_he_just_needed_a_push.html</guid>
			<description><![CDATA[  ?Hey, wake up." Oliver got pulled from an amazing dream, only to wake up to a fairytale. When he opened his eyes, the first thing, he saw was the beautiful smile of his boyfriend, Dominick. A small smile crept up on his face, but a yawn ruined it.  
   ?What time is it??   
  His boyfriend gave him a small peck on the cheek before getting up from bed.   
  ?3 AM. We fell asleep last night. I got to go. You know, before anyone knows I was here. Stevie already called me a million times.?   
  Oliver sat up in bed and rubbed his eyes. He didn?t want Dominick to leave; that perfect moment would be ruined, and he knew that he didn?t get to speak to him before tonight, after his whole family had gone to sleep. And he didn?t want that. He wanted to be able to hug, kiss and hold hands with Dominick in school in front of their friends, at the mall in front of Dominick?s colleagues at American eagle and at their houses in front of their family. He wanted to do what a normal couple would do. However, that wasn?t what Dominick wanted, he wanted to hide, to sneak around, and not let anyone know that they were together.  
   ?Do you really have to go? I don?t want you to."   
  They had been together for over a year, and it was still the same. No-one knew off them, not their best friends, not their family, no-one. They hadn?t been on a real date, and they hadn?t even told each other about their feelings. Oliver was hopelessly in love with Dominick, and he didn?t want to end things. Dominick, however, wasn?t sure about his feelings for Oliver. He liked spending time with him, and he loved just holding him in bed, watching him sleep, but he hated what he made Oliver go through. Even though Oliver didn?t say anything, he knew that he wanted more, wanted to be able to go out with him, wanted to walk up to him in school and give him a simple hug, and wanted him to come over for dinner, meet his family and just spend time with him outside the bedroom. However, Dominick knew he couldn?t. People wouldn?t accept him; he would lose his friends, his family and his life. They didn?t want a ?fag? in their life; to them, he would be a disgrace. He wouldn?t be one of the most popular boys in school; he wouldn?t be the star of the soccer team, wouldn?t have a job and he certainly didn?t have a place to live.   
  He saw how people in school treated Oliver; they called him names, pushed him around, made fun off him, ruined his things and threw food at him. He hated people doing that to him, seeing his boyfriend getting bullied every day was hard for him, but he couldn?t do anything. If he did he would be the one who defended the ?fag," and people would start wondering.   
  It killed him seeing Oliver in bed, looking tired and sad, asking him not to go. He looked so broken. He didn?t want to leave; he wanted to get undressed, go back to bed and just cuddle up to his boyfriend again and sleep until they had to go to school. He couldn?t, however. People would know that he wasn?t home, start asking where he was and what he was doing. He wasn?t ready for that.   
  ?I do, you know I don?t want to, that I want to stay here with you. I just can?t. I?m sorry.?   
  Oliver looked down, rubbing his eyes, drying away the tears that were threatening to fall. He just wanted his boyfriend to stay there for one night. He wanted to wake up before him, kiss him awake, wanted to watch him get ready for school, wanted him to drive him to school, and kiss him goodbye before going to class.   
  Dominick got onto the bed and sat beside Oliver and lifted up his head.   
  ?Hey, don't cry. I?ll be back later, after work. I promise.?   
  ?I know. I just wish that one day; you?ll stay with me the whole night. I like having you here.?   
  ?And someday I will, but just not right now. I?m not ready for it yet. You know I like being with you. If it?s something I would love to do, it would be sleeping next to you all night long, watching you get ready for school, eating breakfast with you and take you to school.?   
  He leaned down and gave Oliver a soft kiss on the lips, which made Oliver smile. At least he knew that they wanted the same thing.   
  ?But now I really got to go. Go back to sleep, and I?ll see you tonight.?   
  Again, he leaned down and gave Oliver a quick kiss before going over to the window to climb out. Oliver just sat in bed looking after him.He still felt a little hurt that Dominick couldn?t stay over, even though he knew they wanted the same thing, to be a real couple. Dominick, however, wasn?t ready to face it. And it hurt him. He felt like he wasn?t good enough for him, that Dominick would be ashamed of him, of them, if he came out. He dried the last of his tears away, and got up from bed to grab his guitar. The only thing that helped him lately was to sing and play his guitar all by him self. Singing and playing lyrics, he wrote himself made him feel better.   
  After leaving Oliver?s house, Dominick started walking home. It wasn?t very far, but it was a bit cold, but driving to Oliver?s house would be a risky thing to do. People would see his car there, and his parents would know that he was gone if his car wasn?t at home. So he just walked every night.   
  Upon arriving at his house, he saw Stevie?s car in the driveway, and a light in his room, meaning that Stevie was there. A lot of thoughts went through his head at that moment, and he thought about an excuse to tell Stevie when he asked where he was. He could have been taken a walk, a very long walk. He could just have been out partying with some friends from work, or maybe on a date with a girl. No, he wouldn't say that, that wouldn't be fair to Oliver. He would just say that he went out with his friends from work. Stevie didn't know them, and he was banned from the American eagle anyway, so he wouldn't get to know them either, his colleagues didn't like him.He walked over to his window, opening it up so that it was open enough for him to climb in, and got in. Stevie was sitting in the couch watching TV, but turned around at the sound of people coming in.   
  ?Where the hell have you been? I?ve been calling all night, and it?s almost four AM! I need a place to stay for a while. Parents kicked me out again. I won?t bother you for long; it's just until I can find my own place to stay.?   
  Dominick got inside, took of his jacket and shoes and jumped down on bed before answering Stevie. He needed to get him not to stay at his house. He would be there all the time, and that wouldn?t be good if he was going to Oliver?s house every night.  
   ?I?ve been out with some friends from work. Just hanging out, drinking a little, not too much though, and we lost track of time. And I had my phone on vibrate. I always turn it on vibrate when I?m at work, and I just forget to turn it back on sometimes. Are you sure you want to stay here? I?ll be gone most of the time anyway; it won?t be any fun for you. I?ve got school, soccer practice, work and I?ve been asked to hang out with my friends for work everyday this week. I know I?m your best friend and everything, but are you sure you can?t ask anyone else to stay with them??   
  ?Everyone has a girlfriend, and I really don?t want to live with somebody if I have to listen to them having sex all the time. You?re the only one of my friends who doesn?t have a girlfriend. Come on, just, please let me stay here; I won't be long; I promise. I can live with you being out all the time. Come on, we?ve been best friends since kindergarten; I'm partially your brother, and your parents know me. I?ll even cover for you when you?re out.?   
  He thought about it, and maybe it could be helpful. His parents always thought he was asleep, but what if they decided to check on him sometime, or ask him something important and his room was empty; he would be in so much trouble if they didn?t know where he was. And for all Stevie knew, he was out with his friend from work, who Stevie didn?t know, so it would all work out.  
   ?I'll ask my parents tomorrow, but it can only be for a couple of weeks. You?ll get bored out of your mind if you stay here without me, since I?m mostly gone all the time.?   
  ?Fine. Can we sleep now? I know it?s only a couple of hours until school start, but I?m pretty tired. Unlike you, who have been out all night having fun, I?ve just been sitting here watching TV and waiting for you to get back.?   
  ?Fine, I?m a bit tired myself, so I?ll grab a bit of sleep too. You know where to find pillows and stuff, so help yourself. I?m going to the bathroom and get ready.?   
  The next day at school went as usual. Dominick and Oliver didn?t talk to each other at all; they went to their own classes and didn?t even show any sign of knowing each other. Dominick was the hot popular guy, and Oliver was the gay freak who got bullied every day.   
  At lunch time Oliver was sitting under a tree outside their school with a book on his lap and a pen in his hand. His best friend, who didn?t go to his school, had asked him to sing a song to her on her birthday, and he was trying to write it.   
  It was hard though, because all he could think about was Dominick and how hot he looked today. He couldn?t wait until tonight, to be able to have him all by himself for a couple of hours.   
  His cell phone vibrated in his pocket and when he took it up, he saw that it was a text from Dominick.   
  ?You look so freaking cute today, can?t wait to come over later. Miss you! &lt;3?   
  Oliver smiled and looked around to see if he could spot him somewhere. And he smiled even bigger when he could see him in the cafeteria window smiling back at him before turning away to laugh about something his friends said.   
  ?You look even cuter and hotter! I miss you too &lt;3. Are you sure we can?t sneak off somewhere to see each other, only for a bit? I can go into the bathroom, and you just come in a little after me. It?s the bathroom; people won?t think that we have a secret meeting, unless we go in there together, or come out of the same janitor?s closet. Everybody goes to the bathroom.?   
  He could see that it took a couple of seconds before Dominick took up his cell phone and read the text. Then he looked out at him and smiled.   
  ?I?ll see you in a bit. Check the bathroom and text me when it?s clear.?   
  Oliver couldn?t pack his things and run to the bathroom any faster. He was finally going to be with his boyfriend at school. Maybe not the way he wanted it, but still.   
  When he got there, he checked the stalls to see if anyone was there, and when he couldn?t find anyone, he told Dominick that the coast was clear. Then he went over to the mirror to fix himself a bit before Dominick arrived.   
  When he heard the door opened, he quickly turned around with a big smile on his face, but the smile dropped when he saw Stevie stand there, a creepy smile on his face.   
  ?You?re in the wrong bathroom, fag!? He was coming closer, and Oliver just kept backing up and trying to grab his things.   
  ?No, I?m not. I?m a boy; I have as much right as you have to be in here.?   
  He was getting scared now. Stevie was much bigger and stronger than him; he would have no chance against him.   
  ?Are you sure about that? You certainly don?t look like it, the way you dress, the way you color your hair, even the way you sound. Hell, if you grew boobs, got rid of your cock and got some shapes you would actually look hot! Instead, you choose to be an ugly fag dressed in girl's clothes. I don?t know why people like you choose to live. You?ll die of aids eventually. If not, someone will murder you, or rape you, and you?d kill yourself. You don?t deserve to live. You disgust me.?   
  He was getting really close now, and Oliver was beginning to get scared.He couldn?t move backwards anymore; his back was already pushed into the sink, and it hurt. He just hoped Dominick would come to save him soon.   
  ?What?s the matter, fag? You don?t like me rubbing up against you? I thought it was what you liked, getting rubbed up against another guy. Having him touch you and pushing you down to your knees, making you suck his cock and then fuck you in the ass after. That's what you like, right; being a whore??   
  Stevie was standing centimeters away from him now; he could hear and feel him breathing. He was really scared, and didn?t have the nerve to answer back, so he just kept quiet.   
  ?Oh, so you?re the quiet type of guy, huh? What?s the matter fag? Did the old guy you fucked last night choke you with his dick and made you lose your voice??   
  Still, he didn?t say anything, tears were starting to build up behind his eyelids, and he had to blink a few times to stop them from coming.   
  ?I see, well, maybe I can fuck your voice up even more, and you?ll finally talk like a real man. Get on your knees!?  
  Now he panicked. Stevie wanted him to blow him off, right there, in the school bathroom, where Dominick or anyone else, for that matter, could be walking in every minute. It wasn't before Stevie started to force him down on his knees, that he finally let the tears fall.   
  ?Oh, the fag is crying. That's so sad. Come on, I know you want to have this down your throat.?   
  ?N-no, please d-don?t do th-this to me.?   
  Right then he could hear the bathroom door open, and Dominick?s voice came trough the room.   
  ?Dude, what the hell are you doing??   
  He heard footsteps and a loud bang, but he was afraid to open his eyes to see what happened.   
  ?What the fuck is wrong with you??   
  ?Leave him alone!?   
  ?Why are you defending him? He?s just a fag.?   
  ?No, he?s not! He?s the most beautiful, wonderful, thoughtful and amazing person I know, and I feel sorry for you for not seeing that.?   
  ?What the hell are you talking about? You?re a fag too??   
  ?If being in love with Oliver makes me a fag, then I guess I am. And I?m really proud to say that I am. And if this means that I?ll lose you, my parents, my reputation and everything else, I don?t care. I?ll end up with the best boyfriend ever instead. But you know what the best part is? That you?ll lose everything too. You?re nothing without me. You?ve always lived in my shadow; people are friends with you because you?re my friend, you only get invited to parties because I?m invited, and now you don?t even have a place to live. Don?t bother coming to my house anymore. I?ll expect you to get your things out of my house as soon as possible and don?t even think about talking to me again. And if you ever lay a hand on Oliver again, something much worse than a broken nose and a split lip will happen.?   
  Stevie got up and ran away before Dominic got the chance to do anything else. Dominic ran over to where a scared looking boy was sitting, his head on his knees, and he was sobbing. People were piling up in the doorway, but all he cared about at that moment was Oliver, who flinched when he touched him.   
  ?Hey, relax, it?s just me; everything is fine.?   
  He hugged him, and he felt Oliver hugging him back.   
  ?I?m so sorry I?m late, I got caught up with a teacher who stopped me in the hallway.?   
  Oliver sniffed, but didn?t let go of Dominick. He just wanted this little moment to be real. To hug him while people were watching, to talk to him like no one was listening, and experience how it would be like to have the one you love beating up another guy for you.   
  ?It?s okay; it made you come out of the closet. People know about us now, and you really don?t seem to care. It?s wonderful to know that you care about me so fucking much that you had to beat up your best friend and risked everything just to prove it. And I?m proud of you for that.?   
  Dominick smiled and shifted a little. He could hear everybody talk behind him, but all he really cared about was that one little person in front of him.   
  ?I guess that seeing him speak and treat you that way made me so freaking angry that I couldn?t help myself. You don?t deserve any of that. You deserve what I couldn?t give you for over a year. You deserve to be happy, with me by your side; doing what normal couples do. Not to hide in your bedroom, and today I just realized that.?   
  He leaned down just so his forehead was resting against Oliver?s and smile.   
  ?And I meant what I said. I really do love you.?   
  Oliver?s smile got even bigger, and he leaned up and kissed him; he didn?t care who was watching and how they would react; he was just so happy.  
  ?I love you too.?  ]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>?Hey, wake up." Oliver got pulled from an amazing dream, only to wake up to a fairytale. When he opened his eyes, the first thing, he saw was the beautiful smile of his boyfriend, Dominick. A small smile crept up on his face, but a yawn ruined it.</strong></p>
<p><strong> ?What time is it?? </strong></p>
<p><strong>His boyfriend gave him a small peck on the cheek before getting up from bed. </strong></p>
<p><strong>?3 AM. We fell asleep last night. I got to go. You know, before anyone knows I was here. Stevie already called me a million times.? </strong></p>
<p><strong>Oliver sat up in bed and rubbed his eyes. He didn?t want Dominick to leave; that perfect moment would be ruined, and he knew that he didn?t get to speak to him before tonight, after his whole family had gone to sleep. And he didn?t want that. He wanted to be able to hug, kiss and hold hands with Dominick in school in front of their friends, at the mall in front of Dominick?s colleagues at American eagle and at their houses in front of their family. He wanted to do what a normal couple would do. However, that wasn?t what Dominick wanted, he wanted to hide, to sneak around, and not let anyone know that they were together.</strong></p>
<p><strong> ?Do you really have to go? I don?t want you to." </strong></p>
<p><strong>They had been together for over a year, and it was still the same. No-one knew off them, not their best friends, not their family, no-one. They hadn?t been on a real date, and they hadn?t even told each other about their feelings. Oliver was hopelessly in love with Dominick, and he didn?t want to end things. Dominick, however, wasn?t sure about his feelings for Oliver. He liked spending time with him, and he loved just holding him in bed, watching him sleep, but he hated what he made Oliver go through. Even though Oliver didn?t say anything, he knew that he wanted more, wanted to be able to go out with him, wanted to walk up to him in school and give him a simple hug, and wanted him to come over for dinner, meet his family and just spend time with him outside the bedroom. However, Dominick knew he couldn?t. People wouldn?t accept him; he would lose his friends, his family and his life. They didn?t want a ?fag? in their life; to them, he would be a disgrace. He wouldn?t be one of the most popular boys in school; he wouldn?t be the star of the soccer team, wouldn?t have a job and he certainly didn?t have a place to live. </strong></p>
<p><strong>He saw how people in school treated Oliver; they called him names, pushed him around, made fun off him, ruined his things and threw food at him. He hated people doing that to him, seeing his boyfriend getting bullied every day was hard for him, but he couldn?t do anything. If he did he would be the one who defended the ?fag," and people would start wondering. </strong></p>
<p><strong>It killed him seeing Oliver in bed, looking tired and sad, asking him not to go. He looked so broken. He didn?t want to leave; he wanted to get undressed, go back to bed and just cuddle up to his boyfriend again and sleep until they had to go to school. He couldn?t, however. People would know that he wasn?t home, start asking where he was and what he was doing. He wasn?t ready for that. </strong></p>
<p><strong>?I do, you know I don?t want to, that I want to stay here with you. I just can?t. I?m sorry.? </strong></p>
<p><strong>Oliver looked down, rubbing his eyes, drying away the tears that were threatening to fall. He just wanted his boyfriend to stay there for one night. He wanted to wake up before him, kiss him awake, wanted to watch him get ready for school, wanted him to drive him to school, and kiss him goodbye before going to class. </strong></p>
<p><strong>Dominick got onto the bed and sat beside Oliver and lifted up his head. </strong></p>
<p><strong>?Hey, don't cry. I?ll be back later, after work. I promise.? </strong></p>
<p><strong>?I know. I just wish that one day; you?ll stay with me the whole night. I like having you here.? </strong></p>
<p><strong>?And someday I will, but just not right now. I?m not ready for it yet. You know I like being with you. If it?s something I would love to do, it would be sleeping next to you all night long, watching you get ready for school, eating breakfast with you and take you to school.? </strong></p>
<p><strong>He leaned down and gave Oliver a soft kiss on the lips, which made Oliver smile. At least he knew that they wanted the same thing. </strong></p>
<p><strong>?But now I really got to go. Go back to sleep, and I?ll see you tonight.? </strong></p>
<p><strong>Again, he leaned down and gave Oliver a quick kiss before going over to the window to climb out. Oliver just sat in bed looking after him.He still felt a little hurt that Dominick couldn?t stay over, even though he knew they wanted the same thing, to be a real couple. Dominick, however, wasn?t ready to face it. And it hurt him. He felt like he wasn?t good enough for him, that Dominick would be ashamed of him, of them, if he came out. He dried the last of his tears away, and got up from bed to grab his guitar. The only thing that helped him lately was to sing and play his guitar all by him self. Singing and playing lyrics, he wrote himself made him feel better. </strong></p>
<p><strong>After leaving Oliver?s house, Dominick started walking home. It wasn?t very far, but it was a bit cold, but driving to Oliver?s house would be a risky thing to do. People would see his car there, and his parents would know that he was gone if his car wasn?t at home. So he just walked every night. </strong></p>
<p><strong>Upon arriving at his house, he saw Stevie?s car in the driveway, and a light in his room, meaning that Stevie was there. A lot of thoughts went through his head at that moment, and he thought about an excuse to tell Stevie when he asked where he was. He could have been taken a walk, a very long walk. He could just have been out partying with some friends from work, or maybe on a date with a girl. No, he wouldn't say that, that wouldn't be fair to Oliver. He would just say that he went out with his friends from work. Stevie didn't know them, and he was banned from the American eagle anyway, so he wouldn't get to know them either, his colleagues didn't like him.He walked over to his window, opening it up so that it was open enough for him to climb in, and got in. Stevie was sitting in the couch watching TV, but turned around at the sound of people coming in. </strong></p>
<p><strong>?Where the hell have you been? I?ve been calling all night, and it?s almost four AM! I need a place to stay for a while. Parents kicked me out again. I won?t bother you for long; it's just until I can find my own place to stay.? </strong></p>
<p><strong>Dominick got inside, took of his jacket and shoes and jumped down on bed before answering Stevie. He needed to get him not to stay at his house. He would be there all the time, and that wouldn?t be good if he was going to Oliver?s house every night.</strong></p>
<p><strong> ?I?ve been out with some friends from work. Just hanging out, drinking a little, not too much though, and we lost track of time. And I had my phone on vibrate. I always turn it on vibrate when I?m at work, and I just forget to turn it back on sometimes. Are you sure you want to stay here? I?ll be gone most of the time anyway; it won?t be any fun for you. I?ve got school, soccer practice, work and I?ve been asked to hang out with my friends for work everyday this week. I know I?m your best friend and everything, but are you sure you can?t ask anyone else to stay with them?? </strong></p>
<p><strong>?Everyone has a girlfriend, and I really don?t want to live with somebody if I have to listen to them having sex all the time. You?re the only one of my friends who doesn?t have a girlfriend. Come on, just, please let me stay here; I won't be long; I promise. I can live with you being out all the time. Come on, we?ve been best friends since kindergarten; I'm partially your brother, and your parents know me. I?ll even cover for you when you?re out.? </strong></p>
<p><strong>He thought about it, and maybe it could be helpful. His parents always thought he was asleep, but what if they decided to check on him sometime, or ask him something important and his room was empty; he would be in so much trouble if they didn?t know where he was. And for all Stevie knew, he was out with his friend from work, who Stevie didn?t know, so it would all work out.</strong></p>
<p><strong> ?I'll ask my parents tomorrow, but it can only be for a couple of weeks. You?ll get bored out of your mind if you stay here without me, since I?m mostly gone all the time.? </strong></p>
<p><strong>?Fine. Can we sleep now? I know it?s only a couple of hours until school start, but I?m pretty tired. Unlike you, who have been out all night having fun, I?ve just been sitting here watching TV and waiting for you to get back.? </strong></p>
<p><strong>?Fine, I?m a bit tired myself, so I?ll grab a bit of sleep too. You know where to find pillows and stuff, so help yourself. I?m going to the bathroom and get ready.? </strong></p>
<p><strong>The next day at school went as usual. Dominick and Oliver didn?t talk to each other at all; they went to their own classes and didn?t even show any sign of knowing each other. Dominick was the hot popular guy, and Oliver was the gay freak who got bullied every day. </strong></p>
<p><strong>At lunch time Oliver was sitting under a tree outside their school with a book on his lap and a pen in his hand. His best friend, who didn?t go to his school, had asked him to sing a song to her on her birthday, and he was trying to write it. </strong></p>
<p><strong>It was hard though, because all he could think about was Dominick and how hot he looked today. He couldn?t wait until tonight, to be able to have him all by himself for a couple of hours. </strong></p>
<p><strong>His cell phone vibrated in his pocket and when he took it up, he saw that it was a text from Dominick. </strong></p>
<p><strong>?You look so freaking cute today, can?t wait to come over later. Miss you! &lt;3? </strong></p>
<p><strong>Oliver smiled and looked around to see if he could spot him somewhere. And he smiled even bigger when he could see him in the cafeteria window smiling back at him before turning away to laugh about something his friends said. </strong></p>
<p><strong>?You look even cuter and hotter! I miss you too &lt;3. Are you sure we can?t sneak off somewhere to see each other, only for a bit? I can go into the bathroom, and you just come in a little after me. It?s the bathroom; people won?t think that we have a secret meeting, unless we go in there together, or come out of the same janitor?s closet. Everybody goes to the bathroom.? </strong></p>
<p><strong>He could see that it took a couple of seconds before Dominick took up his cell phone and read the text. Then he looked out at him and smiled. </strong></p>
<p><strong>?I?ll see you in a bit. Check the bathroom and text me when it?s clear.? </strong></p>
<p><strong>Oliver couldn?t pack his things and run to the bathroom any faster. He was finally going to be with his boyfriend at school. Maybe not the way he wanted it, but still. </strong></p>
<p><strong>When he got there, he checked the stalls to see if anyone was there, and when he couldn?t find anyone, he told Dominick that the coast was clear. Then he went over to the mirror to fix himself a bit before Dominick arrived. </strong></p>
<p><strong>When he heard the door opened, he quickly turned around with a big smile on his face, but the smile dropped when he saw Stevie stand there, a creepy smile on his face. </strong></p>
<p><strong>?You?re in the wrong bathroom, fag!? He was coming closer, and Oliver just kept backing up and trying to grab his things. </strong></p>
<p><strong>?No, I?m not. I?m a boy; I have as much right as you have to be in here.? </strong></p>
<p><strong>He was getting scared now. Stevie was much bigger and stronger than him; he would have no chance against him. </strong></p>
<p><strong>?Are you sure about that? You certainly don?t look like it, the way you dress, the way you color your hair, even the way you sound. Hell, if you grew boobs, got rid of your cock and got some shapes you would actually look hot! Instead, you choose to be an ugly fag dressed in girl's clothes. I don?t know why people like you choose to live. You?ll die of aids eventually. If not, someone will murder you, or rape you, and you?d kill yourself. You don?t deserve to live. You disgust me.? </strong></p>
<p><strong>He was getting really close now, and Oliver was beginning to get scared.He couldn?t move backwards anymore; his back was already pushed into the sink, and it hurt. He just hoped Dominick would come to save him soon. </strong></p>
<p><strong>?What?s the matter, fag? You don?t like me rubbing up against you? I thought it was what you liked, getting rubbed up against another guy. Having him touch you and pushing you down to your knees, making you suck his cock and then fuck you in the ass after. That's what you like, right; being a whore?? </strong></p>
<p><strong>Stevie was standing centimeters away from him now; he could hear and feel him breathing. He was really scared, and didn?t have the nerve to answer back, so he just kept quiet. </strong></p>
<p><strong>?Oh, so you?re the quiet type of guy, huh? What?s the matter fag? Did the old guy you fucked last night choke you with his dick and made you lose your voice?? </strong></p>
<p><strong>Still, he didn?t say anything, tears were starting to build up behind his eyelids, and he had to blink a few times to stop them from coming. </strong></p>
<p><strong>?I see, well, maybe I can fuck your voice up even more, and you?ll finally talk like a real man. Get on your knees!?</strong></p>
<p><strong>Now he panicked. Stevie wanted him to blow him off, right there, in the school bathroom, where Dominick or anyone else, for that matter, could be walking in every minute. It wasn't before Stevie started to force him down on his knees, that he finally let the tears fall. </strong></p>
<p><strong>?Oh, the fag is crying. That's so sad. Come on, I know you want to have this down your throat.? </strong></p>
<p><strong>?N-no, please d-don?t do th-this to me.? </strong></p>
<p><strong>Right then he could hear the bathroom door open, and Dominick?s voice came trough the room. </strong></p>
<p><strong>?Dude, what the hell are you doing?? </strong></p>
<p><strong>He heard footsteps and a loud bang, but he was afraid to open his eyes to see what happened. </strong></p>
<p><strong>?What the fuck is wrong with you?? </strong></p>
<p><strong>?Leave him alone!? </strong></p>
<p><strong>?Why are you defending him? He?s just a fag.? </strong></p>
<p><strong>?No, he?s not! He?s the most beautiful, wonderful, thoughtful and amazing person I know, and I feel sorry for you for not seeing that.? </strong></p>
<p><strong>?What the hell are you talking about? You?re a fag too?? </strong></p>
<p><strong>?If being in love with Oliver makes me a fag, then I guess I am. And I?m really proud to say that I am. And if this means that I?ll lose you, my parents, my reputation and everything else, I don?t care. I?ll end up with the best boyfriend ever instead. But you know what the best part is? That you?ll lose everything too. You?re nothing without me. You?ve always lived in my shadow; people are friends with you because you?re my friend, you only get invited to parties because I?m invited, and now you don?t even have a place to live. Don?t bother coming to my house anymore. I?ll expect you to get your things out of my house as soon as possible and don?t even think about talking to me again. And if you ever lay a hand on Oliver again, something much worse than a broken nose and a split lip will happen.? </strong></p>
<p><strong>Stevie got up and ran away before Dominic got the chance to do anything else. Dominic ran over to where a scared looking boy was sitting, his head on his knees, and he was sobbing. People were piling up in the doorway, but all he cared about at that moment was Oliver, who flinched when he touched him. </strong></p>
<p><strong>?Hey, relax, it?s just me; everything is fine.? </strong></p>
<p><strong>He hugged him, and he felt Oliver hugging him back. </strong></p>
<p><strong>?I?m so sorry I?m late, I got caught up with a teacher who stopped me in the hallway.? </strong></p>
<p><strong>Oliver sniffed, but didn?t let go of Dominick. He just wanted this little moment to be real. To hug him while people were watching, to talk to him like no one was listening, and experience how it would be like to have the one you love beating up another guy for you. </strong></p>
<p><strong>?It?s okay; it made you come out of the closet. People know about us now, and you really don?t seem to care. It?s wonderful to know that you care about me so fucking much that you had to beat up your best friend and risked everything just to prove it. And I?m proud of you for that.? </strong></p>
<p><strong>Dominick smiled and shifted a little. He could hear everybody talk behind him, but all he really cared about was that one little person in front of him. </strong></p>
<p><strong>?I guess that seeing him speak and treat you that way made me so freaking angry that I couldn?t help myself. You don?t deserve any of that. You deserve what I couldn?t give you for over a year. You deserve to be happy, with me by your side; doing what normal couples do. Not to hide in your bedroom, and today I just realized that.? </strong></p>
<p><strong>He leaned down just so his forehead was resting against Oliver?s and smile. </strong></p>
<p><strong>?And I meant what I said. I really do love you.? </strong></p>
<p><strong>Oliver?s smile got even bigger, and he leaned up and kissed him; he didn?t care who was watching and how they would react; he was just so happy.</strong></p>
<p><strong>?I love you too.?</strong></p>]]></content:encoded>
			<bs:blogid></bs:blogid>
			<bs:blogurl></bs:blogurl>
			<bs:blogname></bs:blogname>
			<bs:itemtitle></bs:itemtitle>
			<bs:image-profile></bs:image-profile>
			<bs:url-profile></bs:url-profile>
			<bs:comments>0</bs:comments>
					
		</item>

		
		<item>
			<title>Life will get better</title>
			<pubDate>Wed, 26 Oct 2011 11:55:25 GMT</pubDate>
			<link>http://loveandwar.blogg.no/1319630125_life_will_get_better.html</link>
			<guid>http://loveandwar.blogg.no/1319630125_life_will_get_better.html</guid>
			<description><![CDATA[  Da har man endelig fått skrevet noe igjen, etter sånn nesten et år. Det føles egentlig ganske fint, jeg har savnet å skrive egentlig. Og jeg slapp liksom å sitte lenge å pugge på hva jeg skulle skrive, denne bare kom til meg liksom. Jeg syntes det var utrolig gøy. Tenkte jeg skulle poste den her, også håper jeg at jeg får kommentarer og sånt. Det er alltid kos ^____^   
   
  *************************************   
   October 25. 2011.    
   I haven't written in anything in here since the day I said that I was running away from my parents, mostly because I forgot to take a pen with me and the fact that I was living on the streets for quite some time, but today I realized that I kinda missed it, so therefore I'm going to write what's been going on, where I stayed, how I survived and most important - how I met my boyfriend.    
   Yes, I got a boyfriend! I finally met someone I can trust, lean on and who loves me. But I'll write more about him later. I'll start from the beginning.    
   The day I ran away I didn't have a clue on where I was going, I just knew that I had to get away from them before I got killed, and that fast. They wouldn't mind, as long as they got rid of me one way or another, they'd be happy. So I packed a few of my important things; money, cellphone, my ipod, some clothes, a blanket, an old pillow, my lucky teddybear and of course my diary. I knew that if I stayed in the area where I lived, I would easily be found if my parents decided to report me missing, so I had to get into the city where I could hide between the large buildings and buy some food without being recognized, if they ever reported me missing, they'd only do it locally, because they think I'm afraid to go into the city and they don't think I'll survive a second there alone.    
   Anyway, after I packed my things I took a last look at my bedroom before I left. My parents were at work, so they couldn't see me leaving. Not that they would stop me anyway. They would probably think I was out fucking some of my gay friends. I didn't hesitate in leaving the area, I couldn't stand being there any longer, it just brought back some really ugly memories that overpowered the few good ones.    
   I left for the city right away, just so I could walk around a bit to find me a place to sleep before it got dark, I knew that the city could be a really scary place to be in alone at night.    
   After walking around for what seemed like hours looking for a place to sleep, I finally found a place. It was a dark alley behind an apartment building, there wasn't very much space behind there, but it was enough for me to be there. I was all alone, and didn't really seem like there had been someone there before me. It was the perfect place for me, I liked being alone, and between a big apartment building, and a giant brick wall; no one would find me. Perfect!    
   I just sat there for a couple of minutes thinking before I decided that I should get some food and drinks to store back there, just so I wouldn't starve or die of dehydration, so I got up, picked up my bag, and walked to the nearest store, trying to remember where I decided to stay. The store wasn't so far away and I bought some of the things I needed before heading back to my alley. It was beginning to get dark, and I was pretty tired and hungry when I finally got to settle down with the pillow and the blanket. So before I went to sleep I ate one of the many apples I bought and then I went to sleep.    
   Living in that alley wasn't that bad, but it wasn't that well thought out. It was in the middle of the summer when I decided to run away so the weather wasn't so bad. It was pretty hot outside actually, but as the days flew by, the fall started to come. It was raining and the wind was freaking cold. I also ran out of power on my cellphone and ipod. And I ran out of money. So after the first few months that I actually liked sleeping outside on hard ground, no quiet time, no hot food and no showers, my life felt like hell. I was freezing, wet and hungry. I missed having someone to talk to, even though it was just via facebook or something. I missed having a real bed, with a dry pillow and a duvet, and I missed hot water and hot food. But I wasn't going back to my parents. I had been gone for three months and as far as I know they never reported me missing. I was just going to have to live like that 'til I found something better.    
   Days, weeks and months flew by and I was still living in that alley, it had started to snow and I couldn't feel my fingers and toes. I had managed to get some food by looking trough trashcans, but I was still very hungry, so I was constantly walking around the city looking for something to eat.    
   As I was walking back to my alley one night, I was really hungry. I didn't have any luck in finding some food that day, and I was pretty exhausted. I was dizzy, I could barely walk straight and my eyes blurred occasionally. I was nearly by the alley when I just felt my feet disappear from under me, and everything went black.    
   The next thing I remember was that I woke up in a bedroom. Not my bedroom and not a hospital room. I just laid there staring around the room for a moment, the room wasn't very big, but it was still bigger than my room. It had light gray colored walls, a few pictures hanging around, a TV, a desk and a little couch in front of the TV. It felt so warm and welcoming, and I liked it.   
   The door suddenly burst open, and a woman, around her forty's maybe, mid-length blond hair and glasses came into the room. She smiled when she saw that I was awake. She then told me that her name was Amanda, and that she had found me right outside the apartment building. I was passed out and freezing cold, so she thought that I was dead, but she soon found out that I wasn't and brought me in. She then told me that the room I was sleeping in was her son's, and that he had helped her get me up to their apartment, and then went to sleep on the couch. She then proceeded to ask me all these sort of questions on where I was living, why I was outside and so on, and I just answered everything with the truth. I didn't want to lie.    
   After sitting with me, stroking my forehead for a while, she got up and found some of her sons clothes and told me that I could take a shower before I came downstairs to eat breakfast. I felt so special right then. A woman, who didn't even know me, took me in, let me sleep in her son's bed, let me wear his clothes and then gave me food. That was more than I ever wished my parents would do to me. I was lucky if I got some new clothes and a meal once in a while.    
   After I had taken the shower, and eaten breakfast, Amanda announced that I would be staying with them as long as I needed and that she would take me out to buy me my own clothes. I told her that it wasn't needed and that I could just wash the clothes that I had and use them, but she insisted.    
   After we had went shopping for clothes, we went grocery shopping for food I liked to eat, I didn't pick something fancy because I wasn't very picky, and then we went home. When we got there I finally got to meet her son, Mark. He was my age and very cute. And he seemed really exited to meet me. He even told me that I could sleep in his room.    
   Those people were the nicest people I had ever met, and I ended up staying there for a long time. We sat up a bed in Mark's room, so I didn?t have to sleep on the couch; I even got my own closet. And over the time I got a crush on Mark too. But I didn't tell him. I didn't want to be thrown out on the street again. I felt really at home there. Like they were my family I never had. They even got me presents for Christmas. I never even got that from my real family. I eventually got to go to school, where I actually got some friends and I liked being there. I met all of Mark's friends, and they all seemed to like me. It was some of the best months of my life.    
   On Valentines Day I didn't have a date or anything special to do, and neither did Mark, so Amanda said that we should go to a movie or something, and not think about what day it was, or that we didn't have a date. And we did. And I really loved it. Even though it wasn't really meant as a date, it felt like one to me. We were having so much fun throwing popcorn at eachother; make funny comments on the movie and eating pizza. And it seemed like Mark really enjoyed himself too. He even bought me a big teddybear that said "I love you" on it's stomach as a joke. My feelings for him got stronger that night.    
   The night was fantastic, and I didn't want it to end, but eventually it did. Amanda was sleeping when we got home, so we quietly went to our bedroom and got ready for bed. When I got undressed I could feel Mark stare at me from behind. I kinda liked it, so I didn't say anything about it. As I was pulling my t-shirt over my head, I could feel him behind me and his arms go around me and resting on my stomach. He then kept whispering things in my air, told me I was the most beautiful person he knew and that he was falling in love with me. I felt like I melted and I had to hold on to him just so I wouldn't fall to the floor. He then turned me around and kissed me. It was a gentle kiss, without tongue or any force. It was wonderful. And I gently whispered against his lips that I loved him.    
   Today we've been together for 8 months and 11 days, and we're still madly in love with eachother. While I'm writing this, Mark is sitting behind me, reading it all, giving me a kiss on the neck once in a while. I feel so lucky to have him and his mother of course. She was so happy when se found out that we were dating that she made us go out and have a real date in a really expensive restaurant. I don't know what I did to deserve these two people in my life. In a year everything changed so fast, I got a real home, a real kinda mother and a real boyfriend. I got everything I ever wanted in 16 years in under a year, and I couldn't be happier. My life is great.    
   At last, before I close this book for god knows how long I just really wanted to write something to Mark. Even though he is reading this while I'm writing it, I just want him to know how much he means to me and I want it to be in writing, so it will be in this book forever.    
   Mark, you're a wonderful guy, I donæt know what I did to deserve you. You let me sleep in your bed without even knowing who I was, how old I were and what I did for a living. You let me use your mother as the mother I never had and you even slept in the same room as you before you knew me. You don't know how much this mean to me. And I was so happy to find out that you felt the same about me and that I didn't have to hide it anymore. Everything from the first kiss to the first time we had sex, even before and after that have been amazing. You really are the perfect boyfriend and everything I ever wanted in a boyfriend. I will always love you.    
       
   -             Love Jake.   
     ]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p style="text-align: center;"><strong>Da har man endelig fått skrevet noe igjen, etter sånn nesten et år. Det føles egentlig ganske fint, jeg har savnet å skrive egentlig. Og jeg slapp liksom å sitte lenge å pugge på hva jeg skulle skrive, denne bare kom til meg liksom. Jeg syntes det var utrolig gøy. Tenkte jeg skulle poste den her, også håper jeg at jeg får kommentarer og sånt. Det er alltid kos ^____^ </strong></p>
<p style="text-align: center;"> </p>
<p style="text-align: center;"><strong>*************************************</strong> </p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong><span lang="EN-US">October 25. 2011. </span></strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong><span lang="EN-US">I haven't written in anything in here since the day I said that I was running away from my parents, mostly because I forgot to take a pen with me and the fact that I was living on the streets for quite some time, but today I realized that I kinda missed it, so therefore I'm going to write what's been going on, where I stayed, how I survived and most important - how I met my boyfriend. </span></strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong><span lang="EN-US">Yes, I got a boyfriend! I finally met someone I can trust, lean on and who loves me. But I'll write more about him later. I'll start from the beginning. </span></strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong><span lang="EN-US">The day I ran away I didn't have a clue on where I was going, I just knew that I had to get away from them before I got killed, and that fast. They wouldn't mind, as long as they got rid of me one way or another, they'd be happy. So I packed a few of my important things; money, cellphone, my ipod, some clothes, a blanket, an old pillow, my lucky teddybear and of course my diary. I knew that if I stayed in the area where I lived, I would easily be found if my parents decided to report me missing, so I had to get into the city where I could hide between the large buildings and buy some food without being recognized, if they ever reported me missing, they'd only do it locally, because they think I'm afraid to go into the city and they don't think I'll survive a second there alone. </span></strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong><span lang="EN-US">Anyway, after I packed my things I took a last look at my bedroom before I left. My parents were at work, so they couldn't see me leaving. Not that they would stop me anyway. They would probably think I was out fucking some of my gay friends. I didn't hesitate in leaving the area, I couldn't stand being there any longer, it just brought back some really ugly memories that overpowered the few good ones. </span></strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong><span lang="EN-US">I left for the city right away, just so I could walk around a bit to find me a place to sleep before it got dark, I knew that the city could be a really scary place to be in alone at night. </span></strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong><span lang="EN-US">After walking around for what seemed like hours looking for a place to sleep, I finally found a place. It was a dark alley behind an apartment building, there wasn't very much space behind there, but it was enough for me to be there. I was all alone, and didn't really seem like there had been someone there before me. It was the perfect place for me, I liked being alone, and between a big apartment building, and a giant brick wall; no one would find me. Perfect! </span></strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong><span lang="EN-US">I just sat there for a couple of minutes thinking before I decided that I should get some food and drinks to store back there, just so I wouldn't starve or die of dehydration, so I got up, picked up my bag, and walked to the nearest store, trying to remember where I decided to stay. The store wasn't so far away and I bought some of the things I needed before heading back to my alley. It was beginning to get dark, and I was pretty tired and hungry when I finally got to settle down with the pillow and the blanket. So before I went to sleep I ate one of the many apples I bought and then I went to sleep. </span></strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong><span lang="EN-US">Living in that alley wasn't that bad, but it wasn't that well thought out. It was in the middle of the summer when I decided to run away so the weather wasn't so bad. It was pretty hot outside actually, but as the days flew by, the fall started to come. It was raining and the wind was freaking cold. I also ran out of power on my cellphone and ipod. And I ran out of money. So after the first few months that I actually liked sleeping outside on hard ground, no quiet time, no hot food and no showers, my life felt like hell. I was freezing, wet and hungry. I missed having someone to talk to, even though it was just via facebook or something. I missed having a real bed, with a dry pillow and a duvet, and I missed hot water and hot food. But I wasn't going back to my parents. I had been gone for three months and as far as I know they never reported me missing. I was just going to have to live like that 'til I found something better. </span></strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong><span lang="EN-US">Days, weeks and months flew by and I was still living in that alley, it had started to snow and I couldn't feel my fingers and toes. I had managed to get some food by looking trough trashcans, but I was still very hungry, so I was constantly walking around the city looking for something to eat. </span></strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong><span lang="EN-US">As I was walking back to my alley one night, I was really hungry. I didn't have any luck in finding some food that day, and I was pretty exhausted. I was dizzy, I could barely walk straight and my eyes blurred occasionally. I was nearly by the alley when I just felt my feet disappear from under me, and everything went black. </span></strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong><span lang="EN-US">The next thing I remember was that I woke up in a bedroom. Not my bedroom and not a hospital room. I just laid there staring around the room for a moment, the room wasn't very big, but it was still bigger than my room. It had light gray colored walls, a few pictures hanging around, a TV, a desk and a little couch in front of the TV. It felt so warm and welcoming, and I liked it.</span></strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong><span lang="EN-US">The door suddenly burst open, and a woman, around her forty's maybe, mid-length blond hair and glasses came into the room. She smiled when she saw that I was awake. She then told me that her name was Amanda, and that she had found me right outside the apartment building. I was passed out and freezing cold, so she thought that I was dead, but she soon found out that I wasn't and brought me in. She then told me that the room I was sleeping in was her son's, and that he had helped her get me up to their apartment, and then went to sleep on the couch. She then proceeded to ask me all these sort of questions on where I was living, why I was outside and so on, and I just answered everything with the truth. I didn't want to lie. </span></strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong><span lang="EN-US">After sitting with me, stroking my forehead for a while, she got up and found some of her sons clothes and told me that I could take a shower before I came downstairs to eat breakfast. I felt so special right then. A woman, who didn't even know me, took me in, let me sleep in her son's bed, let me wear his clothes and then gave me food. That was more than I ever wished my parents would do to me. I was lucky if I got some new clothes and a meal once in a while. </span></strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong><span lang="EN-US">After I had taken the shower, and eaten breakfast, Amanda announced that I would be staying with them as long as I needed and that she would take me out to buy me my own clothes. I told her that it wasn't needed and that I could just wash the clothes that I had and use them, but she insisted. </span></strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong><span lang="EN-US">After we had went shopping for clothes, we went grocery shopping for food I liked to eat, I didn't pick something fancy because I wasn't very picky, and then we went home. When we got there I finally got to meet her son, Mark. He was my age and very cute. And he seemed really exited to meet me. He even told me that I could sleep in his room. </span></strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong><span lang="EN-US">Those people were the nicest people I had ever met, and I ended up staying there for a long time. We sat up a bed in Mark's room, so I didn?t have to sleep on the couch; I even got my own closet. And over the time I got a crush on Mark too. But I didn't tell him. I didn't want to be thrown out on the street again. I felt really at home there. Like they were my family I never had. They even got me presents for Christmas. I never even got that from my real family. I eventually got to go to school, where I actually got some friends and I liked being there. I met all of Mark's friends, and they all seemed to like me. It was some of the best months of my life. </span></strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong><span lang="EN-US">On Valentines Day I didn't have a date or anything special to do, and neither did Mark, so Amanda said that we should go to a movie or something, and not think about what day it was, or that we didn't have a date. And we did. And I really loved it. Even though it wasn't really meant as a date, it felt like one to me. We were having so much fun throwing popcorn at eachother; make funny comments on the movie and eating pizza. And it seemed like Mark really enjoyed himself too. He even bought me a big teddybear that said "I love you" on it's stomach as a joke. My feelings for him got stronger that night. </span></strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong><span lang="EN-US">The night was fantastic, and I didn't want it to end, but eventually it did. Amanda was sleeping when we got home, so we quietly went to our bedroom and got ready for bed. When I got undressed I could feel Mark stare at me from behind. I kinda liked it, so I didn't say anything about it. As I was pulling my t-shirt over my head, I could feel him behind me and his arms go around me and resting on my stomach. He then kept whispering things in my air, told me I was the most beautiful person he knew and that he was falling in love with me. I felt like I melted and I had to hold on to him just so I wouldn't fall to the floor. He then turned me around and kissed me. It was a gentle kiss, without tongue or any force. It was wonderful. And I gently whispered against his lips that I loved him. </span></strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong><span lang="EN-US">Today we've been together for 8 months and 11 days, and we're still madly in love with eachother. While I'm writing this, Mark is sitting behind me, reading it all, giving me a kiss on the neck once in a while. I feel so lucky to have him and his mother of course. She was so happy when se found out that we were dating that she made us go out and have a real date in a really expensive restaurant. I don't know what I did to deserve these two people in my life. In a year everything changed so fast, I got a real home, a real kinda mother and a real boyfriend. I got everything I ever wanted in 16 years in under a year, and I couldn't be happier. My life is great. </span></strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong><span lang="EN-US">At last, before I close this book for god knows how long I just really wanted to write something to Mark. Even though he is reading this while I'm writing it, I just want him to know how much he means to me and I want it to be in writing, so it will be in this book forever. </span></strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong><span lang="EN-US">Mark, you're a wonderful guy, I donæt know what I did to deserve you. You let me sleep in your bed without even knowing who I was, how old I were and what I did for a living. You let me use your mother as the mother I never had and you even slept in the same room as you before you knew me. You don't know how much this mean to me. And I was so happy to find out that you felt the same about me and that I didn't have to hide it anymore. Everything from the first kiss to the first time we had sex, even before and after that have been amazing. You really are the perfect boyfriend and everything I ever wanted in a boyfriend. I will always love you. </span></strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong><span lang="EN-US"> </span></strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left: 36pt; text-indent: -18pt;"><strong><span lang="EN-US">-<span style="font-family: 'Times New Roman'; font-style: normal; font-variant: normal; font-size: 7pt; line-height: normal; font-size-adjust: none; font-stretch: normal; -moz-font-feature-settings: normal; -moz-font-language-override: normal;">         </span></span><span lang="EN-US">Love Jake.</span></strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal" style="margin-left: 18pt;"><span lang="EN-US"> </span></p>]]></content:encoded>
			<bs:blogid></bs:blogid>
			<bs:blogurl></bs:blogurl>
			<bs:blogname></bs:blogname>
			<bs:itemtitle></bs:itemtitle>
			<bs:image-profile></bs:image-profile>
			<bs:url-profile></bs:url-profile>
			<bs:comments>2</bs:comments>
					
		</item>

		
		<item>
			<title>Jeg angrer ikke</title>
			<pubDate>Fri, 10 Dec 2010 11:55:20 GMT</pubDate>
			<link>http://loveandwar.blogg.no/1291982120_jeg_angrer_ikke.html</link>
			<guid>http://loveandwar.blogg.no/1291982120_jeg_angrer_ikke.html</guid>
			<description><![CDATA[  Lol, så eviglenge siden jeg har postet noe her. Gosh. Menmenmen, grunnen til det er at jeg har hatt en forferdelig skrivesperre og jeg har omtrent aldri tid til å skrive noe. Vært for mye ute, og hatt for lite tid til pc. Oioi. Men for ikke så lenge siden, så hadde jeg en innlevering i norsk, hvor man skulle skrive en fortelling. Det var en oppgave til den da, eller, man kunne velge, og en av de man kunne velge var liksom at det var en familie, som for andre virket som om de hadde det helt perfekt, men på insiden, hvor folk ikke kunne se, så var ikke ting så perfekt likevel. Så, da kom jeg til å tenke på den ene oneshoten jeg har skrevet, den hvor dama drepte hennes mann, pga han var utro. Så jeg oversatt, og skrev om litt på den, og leverte den inn. Fikk en 3'er på den da, fordi jeg delte den opp i for mange avsnitt og suger litt veldig på å/og regelen og på skildringer, menmen. Så, siden jeg ikke har postet noe her på en stund, så skal jeg ta å poste den her nå, så folk har noe å lese på. Yay. Så skal vi se hva som skjer fremover, men ikke forvent at jeg kommer til å poste noe her på en stund. Skrivesperren er her fortsatt. Men kanskje, om jeg får det til, så kan jeg poste denne en gang til senere med kommentarene fra læreren, men jeg vet ikke om det går. Vi får se :] Snakkes ihvertfall.    
  ***  
       Normal   0   21       false   false   false                 MicrosoftInternetExplorer4                      
  Jeg satt på den gamle sofaen i garasjen, mens jeg ventet på at mannen min skulle komme hjem. Jeg brydde meg ikke om at det var kaldt og at jeg satt der i en tynn singlet og en kort shorts. Jeg brydde meg ikke om at klokken var 2 om morgenen og at øyene mine var hoven fra all gråtingen. Jeg bare trengte å få han til å vite at jeg visste det; jeg visste at han var utro mot meg.   
  Hvorfor han var utro vet jeg ikke. Vi var en perfekt liten familie, i følge andre da. Vi hadde en fin liten hage, perfekt hus, rene vinduer, volvo og til og med en liten hund. Alt var perfekt. Alt unntatt det faktumet at han nesten aldri var hjemme.   
  Da han kjørte inn i garasjen smilte og vinket han til meg. Han latet som om han ikke kom hjem fra en annen jente, han latet som om han elsket meg. Han visste ikke at jeg var gravid. Jeg fant det ut tidligere på dagen og hadde planer om å fortelle det til han når han kom hjem, men så ringte han for å si at han kom ikke hjem rett etter jobb den dagen, han skulle besøke sin bestevenn for å henge med noen av vennene sine. Og jeg trodde han, helt til kompisen ringte og spurte etter han. Jeg visste da at han var utro mot meg. Det ville forklare hvorfor han alltid gikk ut på tur midt på natten, når han trodde jeg sov. Hvorfor han alltid kom hjem nydusjet og med helt andre klær enn det han hadde på seg da han gikk.   
  Jeg tror ikke engang kompisene hans visste at han var utro, eller så ville de aldri ringt og spurt etter han. For dem var alt perfekt. Om de bare visste.   
  Da han hadde parkert bilen kom han bort til meg, og prøvde å gi meg en klem. Da jeg nektet så han meg dypt inn i øyene og smilte.   
  "Hva er galt, vennen? Har du grått? Du er jo iskald, hva gjør du her ute? Kom, vi går inn å henter noen tepper."  
  Han prøvde å klemme meg igjen, men jeg nektet, igjen.   
  "Nei, slipp meg. Jeg har det fint. Bare slutt å lat som om du bryr deg. Jeg vet det!"   
  Han svelget hardt og så over alt, men ikke direkte inn i mine øyne. Han prøvde å unngå meg.   
  "Hva snakker du? Jeg bryr da meg om deg. Og hva vet du?"   
  Jeg kunne se at han løy til. Han var virkelig dum nok til å tro at han kunne lyge for meg etter vi hadde vært sammen i ti år og gift i fem. Jeg hadde kjent han siden vi var små, vi var bestevenner helt til vi ble sammen, da begynte alt å falle i grus. Alle advarte meg om å bli sammen med min bestevenn, ?det vil bare ødelegge alt?, sa de, men jeg levde i en boble, min egen lille fantasiverden og ville ikke høre på dem. Nå angrer jeg sinnsykt.   
  "Herregud, slutt å lat som om du ikke vet hva jeg snakker om. Jeg vet du har løyet til meg. Jeg vet at du ikke har vært med de såkalte "kompisene" dine i kveld. Og jeg vet at du har vært utro mot meg!"  
  Jeg kunne kjenne tårene presse frem bak øyene mine, men jeg nektet å gråte mer. I hvert fall foran han, han fortjente ikke tårene mine. I hvert fall ikke nå.  
  "Hva snakker du om? Jeg er ikke utro mot deg. Hvem ga deg den tanken? Jeg har vært med gutta I hele dag! Bare ring Chris!"      Og lyginga forsatte. Som om jeg ikke kunne se rett igjennom han.   
  "Å vær så snill! Jeg trenger ikke ringe Chris, HAN ringte å spurte etter deg. Han ville spørre om du ville gå ut i dag, du vet, siden han har bursdag i dag. Du glemte det, gjorde du ikke? Og om du ikke er utro mot meg forklar meg hvorfor du alltid går ut midt på natten, hvorfor du alltid kommer nydusjet hjem og hvorfor du aldri har på deg de samme klærne du forlater huset med? Ikke engang prøv og fortell meg at du går og trener hver dag, mens du jobber og noen ganger til klokken to om natten!"   
  Han svettet nå, og fortsatte med å se alle andre steder enn direkte på meg. Han avslørte seg selv.   
  "Vennen, jeg LOVER deg at jeg ikke er utro, og nei, jeg glemte ikke Chris? bursdag. Jeg jobbet overtid på jobb. Sjefen ville at jeg skulle gjøre noe papirarbeid som skal inn i morgen. Alex skulle egentlig gjøre det, men han var syk i dag. Etter det gikk jeg ut med Chris og guttene. Grunnen til at Chris ringte til det var fordi jeg ikke svarte på mobilen min. Og jeg går forresten og trener hver dag. Jeg prøver å trene en time før jobb, og noen ganger et par timer etter jobb. Hvorfor plager det deg så mye? Jeg kommer jo hjem hver dag."      Tull! Han kommer alltid hjem etter jeg har lagt meg. Og det plager meg fordi jeg vil kunne legge meg inntil min mann og kysse han god natt hver kveld før jeg legger meg, men det skjer jo aldri.   
  "Slutt å lyge til meg, Joakim! Jeg er ikke dum! Du kommer alltid hjem etter at jeg har lagt meg. Jeg er hjemme hver kveld å venter på deg, og til slutt gir jeg opp, fordi øyene mine ikke klarer å holde seg oppe lenger og jeg bare går å legger meg. Og du svarer jo aldri mobilen din. Det plager meg. Jeg er kona di for guds skyld!"   
  "Jeg prøver å komme hjem til deg hver kveld før du legger deg, men du legger jo deg så tidlig. Jeg trenger litt tid alene, og kommer hjem når jeg vil. Du er kanskje kona mi, men det gir ikke deg retten til å bestemme når jeg må komme hjem. Jeg kan ikke være med deg hele tiden!"   
  "Du er aldri med meg, Joakim! Enten sover du, eller så er du på jobb, eller så er du bare ikke her. Du kommer ikke engang hjem rett etter jobb, du bare ringer og sier at du ikke kommer hjem og at jeg ikke trenger å sitte oppe å vente på deg. Og at du elsker meg. Ja, sikkert. Du er så full av dritt!"  
  Han tok et steg nærmere meg og prøvde å klemme meg, for tredje gang, men jeg nektet, igjen.   
  "Jeg elsker deg, virkelig. Jeg har elsket deg for alltid. Alltid gjort det og vil alltid gjøre det! Du må tro på meg."   
  Tårene presset på enda en gang, og denne gangen klarte ikke jeg holde de tilbake.   
  "Så hvorfor beviser du ikke det? Få meg til å tro på deg? Hvis du elsket meg så mye, hvorfor kommer du ikke hjem for å tilbringe litt tid med meg for en gangs skyld? Jeg hadde noen nyheter jeg ville fortelle deg, jeg var skikkelig glad da jeg fikk vite det, men det såret meg virkelig da du ringte å sa at du ikke kom hjem. Du ventet ikke engang på svar fra meg, du bare la på. Jeg hadde lagd middag til oss også, og jeg var dum nok til å tro at du ville komme hjem til meg, din kone."   
  Han åpnet munnen sin, det så ut som om han skulle svare, men han visste ikke engang hva han skulle si. Da han hadde stått i gapet i noen sekunder lenger, stoppet jeg han;   
  "Vet du hva? Du trenger ikke si noe. Bare kom deg ut herfra, og hent tingene dine imorgen. Det er slutt! Bare glem alt om meg, din  gravide  kone!"   
  Utrykket hans da jeg sa det var uforglemmelig! Hvis det ikke var for at alt var så seriøst, så hadde jeg ledd meg i hjel.   
  "Hva? Er du gravid?"  
  "Ja, jeg er gravid. Og hvis du hadde hørt på et ord jeg har sagt, så ville du fått med deg at jeg ville at du skulle komme hjem i kveld, fordi jeg hadde noe jeg ville fortelle deg. Jeg kan se hvor mye du bryr deg. Etter du har forlatt denne garasjen i natt, så vil jeg aldri seg deg igjen, noen gang. Du henter tingene dine i morgen, når jeg er på jobb, og om noen av mine ting er borte, så anmelder jeg deg for stjeling. Du får ikke ha noe å gjøre med babyen. Jeg trenger verken pengene eller hjelpen din."  
  Jeg snudde meg bort fra han og skulle gå ut av garasjen da han tok tak i armen min og dro meg tilbake.   
  "Hør her! Det er min baby også, og jeg skal være en god far for den. Han skal vite at jeg eksisterer, selv om du liker det eller ikke!"  
  Jeg prøvde å komme meg løs, men han var for sterk for meg, og drev bare å dyttet meg lenger og lenger inn i veggen.   
  "Glem det! Når babyen vokser opp, skal jeg fortelle den hvordan dens far var. Hvordan dens far løy og var utro mot dens mor."   
  Han så sint ut, han kløp armen min skikkelig hard, så hardt at det gjorde vondt, og han drev fortsatt å dyttet meg, selv om jeg ikke kunne komme meg lenger.   
  "Slipp meg!"  
  Jeg begynte å gråte igjen, men han ville ikke slutte. Jeg kunne så vidt puste og det føltes som om jeg skulle besvime når som helst. Jeg prøvde å strekke armen min og ta tak i det første jeg fikk tak i. Jeg brydde meg ikke om hva det var akkurat da, jeg bare tok tak i det og slo Joakim i hodet med det. Det var ikke før jeg så den blodige hammeren i hånden min og Joakim på gulvet i en dam av blod at jeg endelig besvimte.   ]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<p><strong>Lol, så eviglenge siden jeg har postet noe her. Gosh. Menmenmen, grunnen til det er at jeg har hatt en forferdelig skrivesperre og jeg har omtrent aldri tid til å skrive noe. Vært for mye ute, og hatt for lite tid til pc. Oioi. Men for ikke så lenge siden, så hadde jeg en innlevering i norsk, hvor man skulle skrive en fortelling. Det var en oppgave til den da, eller, man kunne velge, og en av de man kunne velge var liksom at det var en familie, som for andre virket som om de hadde det helt perfekt, men på insiden, hvor folk ikke kunne se, så var ikke ting så perfekt likevel. Så, da kom jeg til å tenke på den ene oneshoten jeg har skrevet, den hvor dama drepte hennes mann, pga han var utro. Så jeg oversatt, og skrev om litt på den, og leverte den inn. Fikk en 3'er på den da, fordi jeg delte den opp i for mange avsnitt og suger litt veldig på å/og regelen og på skildringer, menmen. Så, siden jeg ikke har postet noe her på en stund, så skal jeg ta å poste den her nå, så folk har noe å lese på. Yay. Så skal vi se hva som skjer fremover, men ikke forvent at jeg kommer til å poste noe her på en stund. Skrivesperren er her fortsatt. Men kanskje, om jeg får det til, så kan jeg poste denne en gang til senere med kommentarene fra læreren, men jeg vet ikke om det går. Vi får se :] Snakkes ihvertfall. <br /></strong></p>
<p><strong>***</strong></p>
<p><!--[if gte mso 9]><xml> <w:WordDocument> <w:View>Normal</w:View> <w:Zoom>0</w:Zoom> <w:HyphenationZone>21</w:HyphenationZone> <w:PunctuationKerning /> <w:ValidateAgainstSchemas /> <w:SaveIfXMLInvalid>false</w:SaveIfXMLInvalid> <w:IgnoreMixedContent>false</w:IgnoreMixedContent> <w:AlwaysShowPlaceholderText>false</w:AlwaysShowPlaceholderText> <w:Compatibility> <w:BreakWrappedTables /> <w:SnapToGridInCell /> <w:WrapTextWithPunct /> <w:UseAsianBreakRules /> <w:DontGrowAutofit /> </w:Compatibility> <w:BrowserLevel>MicrosoftInternetExplorer4</w:BrowserLevel> </w:WordDocument> </xml><![endif]--><!--[if gte mso 9]><xml> <w:LatentStyles DefLockedState="false" LatentStyleCount="156"> </w:LatentStyles> </xml><![endif]--><!--[if gte mso 10]> <mce:style><!  /* Style Definitions */ table.MsoNormalTable {mso-style-name:"Vanlig tabell"; mso-tstyle-rowband-size:0; mso-tstyle-colband-size:0; mso-style-noshow:yes; mso-style-parent:""; mso-padding-alt:0cm 5.4pt 0cm 5.4pt; mso-para-margin:0cm; mso-para-margin-bottom:.0001pt; mso-pagination:widow-orphan; font-size:10.0pt; font-family:"Times New Roman"; mso-ansi-language:#0400; mso-fareast-language:#0400; mso-bidi-language:#0400;} --> <!--[endif]--></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong>Jeg satt på den gamle sofaen i garasjen, mens jeg ventet på at mannen min skulle komme hjem. Jeg brydde meg ikke om at det var kaldt og at jeg satt der i en tynn singlet og en kort shorts. Jeg brydde meg ikke om at klokken var 2 om morgenen og at øyene mine var hoven fra all gråtingen. Jeg bare trengte å få han til å vite at jeg visste det; jeg visste at han var utro mot meg. </strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong>Hvorfor han var utro vet jeg ikke. Vi var en perfekt liten familie, i følge andre da. Vi hadde en fin liten hage, perfekt hus, rene vinduer, volvo og til og med en liten hund. Alt var perfekt. Alt unntatt det faktumet at han nesten aldri var hjemme. </strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong>Da han kjørte inn i garasjen smilte og vinket han til meg. Han latet som om han ikke kom hjem fra en annen jente, han latet som om han elsket meg. Han visste ikke at jeg var gravid. Jeg fant det ut tidligere på dagen og hadde planer om å fortelle det til han når han kom hjem, men så ringte han for å si at han kom ikke hjem rett etter jobb den dagen, han skulle besøke sin bestevenn for å henge med noen av vennene sine. Og jeg trodde han, helt til kompisen ringte og spurte etter han. Jeg visste da at han var utro mot meg. Det ville forklare hvorfor han alltid gikk ut på tur midt på natten, når han trodde jeg sov. Hvorfor han alltid kom hjem nydusjet og med helt andre klær enn det han hadde på seg da han gikk. </strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong>Jeg tror ikke engang kompisene hans visste at han var utro, eller så ville de aldri ringt og spurt etter han. For dem var alt perfekt. Om de bare visste. </strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong>Da han hadde parkert bilen kom han bort til meg, og prøvde å gi meg en klem. Da jeg nektet så han meg dypt inn i øyene og smilte. </strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong>"Hva er galt, vennen? Har du grått? Du er jo iskald, hva gjør du her ute? Kom, vi går inn å henter noen tepper."</strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong>Han prøvde å klemme meg igjen, men jeg nektet, igjen. </strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong>"Nei, slipp meg. Jeg har det fint. Bare slutt å lat som om du bryr deg. Jeg vet det!" </strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong>Han svelget hardt og så over alt, men ikke direkte inn i mine øyne. Han prøvde å unngå meg. </strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong>"Hva snakker du? Jeg bryr da meg om deg. Og hva vet du?" </strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong>Jeg kunne se at han løy til. Han var virkelig dum nok til å tro at han kunne lyge for meg etter vi hadde vært sammen i ti år og gift i fem. Jeg hadde kjent han siden vi var små, vi var bestevenner helt til vi ble sammen, da begynte alt å falle i grus. Alle advarte meg om å bli sammen med min bestevenn, ?det vil bare ødelegge alt?, sa de, men jeg levde i en boble, min egen lille fantasiverden og ville ikke høre på dem. Nå angrer jeg sinnsykt. </strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong>"Herregud, slutt å lat som om du ikke vet hva jeg snakker om. Jeg vet du har løyet til meg. Jeg vet at du ikke har vært med de såkalte "kompisene" dine i kveld. Og jeg vet at du har vært utro mot meg!"</strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong>Jeg kunne kjenne tårene presse frem bak øyene mine, men jeg nektet å gråte mer. I hvert fall foran han, han fortjente ikke tårene mine. I hvert fall ikke nå.</strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong>"Hva snakker du om? Jeg er ikke utro mot deg. Hvem ga deg den tanken? Jeg har vært med gutta I hele dag! Bare ring Chris!"</strong><br /><strong> <br /> Og lyginga forsatte. Som om jeg ikke kunne se rett igjennom han. </strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong>"Å vær så snill! Jeg trenger ikke ringe Chris, HAN ringte å spurte etter deg. Han ville spørre om du ville gå ut i dag, du vet, siden han har bursdag i dag. Du glemte det, gjorde du ikke? Og om du ikke er utro mot meg forklar meg hvorfor du alltid går ut midt på natten, hvorfor du alltid kommer nydusjet hjem og hvorfor du aldri har på deg de samme klærne du forlater huset med? Ikke engang prøv og fortell meg at du går og trener hver dag, mens du jobber og noen ganger til klokken to om natten!" </strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong>Han svettet nå, og fortsatte med å se alle andre steder enn direkte på meg. Han avslørte seg selv. </strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong>"Vennen, jeg LOVER deg at jeg ikke er utro, og nei, jeg glemte ikke Chris? bursdag. Jeg jobbet overtid på jobb. Sjefen ville at jeg skulle gjøre noe papirarbeid som skal inn i morgen. Alex skulle egentlig gjøre det, men han var syk i dag. Etter det gikk jeg ut med Chris og guttene. Grunnen til at Chris ringte til det var fordi jeg ikke svarte på mobilen min. Og jeg går forresten og trener hver dag. Jeg prøver å trene en time før jobb, og noen ganger et par timer etter jobb. Hvorfor plager det deg så mye? Jeg kommer jo hjem hver dag."</strong><br /> <br /><strong> Tull! Han kommer alltid hjem etter jeg har lagt meg. Og det plager meg fordi jeg vil kunne legge meg inntil min mann og kysse han god natt hver kveld før jeg legger meg, men det skjer jo aldri. </strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong>"Slutt å lyge til meg, Joakim! Jeg er ikke dum! Du kommer alltid hjem etter at jeg har lagt meg. Jeg er hjemme hver kveld å venter på deg, og til slutt gir jeg opp, fordi øyene mine ikke klarer å holde seg oppe lenger og jeg bare går å legger meg. Og du svarer jo aldri mobilen din. Det plager meg. Jeg er kona di for guds skyld!" </strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong>"Jeg prøver å komme hjem til deg hver kveld før du legger deg, men du legger jo deg så tidlig. Jeg trenger litt tid alene, og kommer hjem når jeg vil. Du er kanskje kona mi, men det gir ikke deg retten til å bestemme når jeg må komme hjem. Jeg kan ikke være med deg hele tiden!" </strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong>"Du er aldri med meg, Joakim! Enten sover du, eller så er du på jobb, eller så er du bare ikke her. Du kommer ikke engang hjem rett etter jobb, du bare ringer og sier at du ikke kommer hjem og at jeg ikke trenger å sitte oppe å vente på deg. Og at du elsker meg. Ja, sikkert. Du er så full av dritt!"</strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong>Han tok et steg nærmere meg og prøvde å klemme meg, for tredje gang, men jeg nektet, igjen. </strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong>"Jeg elsker deg, virkelig. Jeg har elsket deg for alltid. Alltid gjort det og vil alltid gjøre det! Du må tro på meg." </strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong>Tårene presset på enda en gang, og denne gangen klarte ikke jeg holde de tilbake. </strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong>"Så hvorfor beviser du ikke det? Få meg til å tro på deg? Hvis du elsket meg så mye, hvorfor kommer du ikke hjem for å tilbringe litt tid med meg for en gangs skyld? Jeg hadde noen nyheter jeg ville fortelle deg, jeg var skikkelig glad da jeg fikk vite det, men det såret meg virkelig da du ringte å sa at du ikke kom hjem. Du ventet ikke engang på svar fra meg, du bare la på. Jeg hadde lagd middag til oss også, og jeg var dum nok til å tro at du ville komme hjem til meg, din kone." </strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong>Han åpnet munnen sin, det så ut som om han skulle svare, men han visste ikke engang hva han skulle si. Da han hadde stått i gapet i noen sekunder lenger, stoppet jeg han; </strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong>"Vet du hva? Du trenger ikke si noe. Bare kom deg ut herfra, og hent tingene dine imorgen. Det er slutt! Bare glem alt om meg, din <em>gravide</em> kone!" </strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong>Utrykket hans da jeg sa det var uforglemmelig! Hvis det ikke var for at alt var så seriøst, så hadde jeg ledd meg i hjel. </strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong>"Hva? Er du gravid?"</strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong>"Ja, jeg er gravid. Og hvis du hadde hørt på et ord jeg har sagt, så ville du fått med deg at jeg ville at du skulle komme hjem i kveld, fordi jeg hadde noe jeg ville fortelle deg. Jeg kan se hvor mye du bryr deg. Etter du har forlatt denne garasjen i natt, så vil jeg aldri seg deg igjen, noen gang. Du henter tingene dine i morgen, når jeg er på jobb, og om noen av mine ting er borte, så anmelder jeg deg for stjeling. Du får ikke ha noe å gjøre med babyen. Jeg trenger verken pengene eller hjelpen din."</strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong>Jeg snudde meg bort fra han og skulle gå ut av garasjen da han tok tak i armen min og dro meg tilbake. </strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong>"Hør her! Det er min baby også, og jeg skal være en god far for den. Han skal vite at jeg eksisterer, selv om du liker det eller ikke!"</strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong>Jeg prøvde å komme meg løs, men han var for sterk for meg, og drev bare å dyttet meg lenger og lenger inn i veggen. </strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong>"Glem det! Når babyen vokser opp, skal jeg fortelle den hvordan dens far var. Hvordan dens far løy og var utro mot dens mor." </strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong>Han så sint ut, han kløp armen min skikkelig hard, så hardt at det gjorde vondt, og han drev fortsatt å dyttet meg, selv om jeg ikke kunne komme meg lenger. </strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong>"Slipp meg!"</strong></p>
<p class="MsoNormal"><strong>Jeg begynte å gråte igjen, men han ville ikke slutte. Jeg kunne så vidt puste og det føltes som om jeg skulle besvime når som helst. Jeg prøvde å strekke armen min og ta tak i det første jeg fikk tak i. Jeg brydde meg ikke om hva det var akkurat da, jeg bare tok tak i det og slo Joakim i hodet med det. Det var ikke før jeg så den blodige hammeren i hånden min og Joakim på gulvet i en dam av blod at jeg endelig besvimte. </strong></p>]]></content:encoded>
			<bs:blogid></bs:blogid>
			<bs:blogurl></bs:blogurl>
			<bs:blogname></bs:blogname>
			<bs:itemtitle></bs:itemtitle>
			<bs:image-profile></bs:image-profile>
			<bs:url-profile></bs:url-profile>
			<bs:comments>4</bs:comments>
					
		</item>

		
		<item>
			<title>Nytt design og engelsklekse</title>
			<pubDate>Sun, 05 Sep 2010 22:06:00 GMT</pubDate>
			<link>http://loveandwar.blogg.no/1283724360_nytt_design_og_engels.html</link>
			<guid>http://loveandwar.blogg.no/1283724360_nytt_design_og_engels.html</guid>
			<description><![CDATA[ Gosh, hei. Nå er det lenge siden jeg har postet noe her. Grunnen til det har vært at jeg i grunnen ikke har hatt tid til å skrive noe i sommer. Jeg har ikke tilbringt så mye tid på pcen. Og de gangene jeg er på pcen, så har jeg ikke orket å skrive noe.   Men ja, nå har jeg fått nytt design opp her, og nå håper jeg på å få skrevet noe snart. Jeg har en liten idè liggende i hodet, jeg må bare få skrevet den ned. Så ha litt tilmodighet med meg :]   Og i mens så kan dere få lese noe jeg skrev til en engelsk lekse. Lol, den handler faktisk om skriving og sånt, så ja, det passer litt inn :] Hade &lt;3            Normal     0     21             false     false     false                                      MicrosoftInternetExplorer4                        st1\:*{behavior:url(#ieooui) }            /* Style Definitions */  table.MsoNormalTable 	{mso-style-name:"Vanlig tabell"; 	mso-tstyle-rowband-size:0; 	mso-tstyle-colband-size:0; 	mso-style-noshow:yes; 	mso-style-parent:""; 	mso-padding-alt:0cm 5.4pt 0cm 5.4pt; 	mso-para-margin:0cm; 	mso-para-margin-bottom:.0001pt; 	mso-pagination:widow-orphan; 	font-size:10.0pt; 	font-family:"Times New Roman"; 	mso-ansi-language:#0400; 	mso-fareast-language:#0400; 	mso-bidi-language:#0400;}        My hobby, if you can call it that, is writing. I really, really like to write stories and such. It started off simple with a really, really bad Norwegian chaptered story about a boyband I liked about three or four years ago called Dream Street, which is now deleted. It sucked.              Since then I?ve written 30 + stories in Norwegian and English. I?ve written both oneshots (only one chapter) and chaptered. I?ve also switched between writing fanfics (about celebrities), originals (made up character) and sometimes both, just so it won?t get boring. At the moment, everything I?ve written is on a harddisk I can?t access, so I can?t write down all the different things I?ve written about, but I can tell from those I?ve posted online.              I?ve posted 17 stories online, 5 chaptered ones, and 10 oneshots, or, it?s really only 4 chaptered ones, since I?ve posted two of the same, just one in Norwegian and one in English.              Every single one of my stories is total different from eachother. If everything is about the same, and about the same people, it gets boring. I like to use different celebrities, and mix in my original characters. I have two made up characters that I often use, which is named Theodore and Hunter. Other then that I just mix myself and people I know into it as well.              I tend to enter contests and such, just so I can get a challenge while writing. I like to just get something thrown at me, and I have to make something out if this. The most recent oneshot I wrote was for a contest. The task was to pick a number, and someone was gonna send me a room, and everything I wrote about had to happen in that room. I got the garage, and ended up writing about a woman who found out that her husband was cheating on her, so she decided to wait for him in the garage until he got home, so she could confront him. They started fighting, and he scared her, so she did the first thing that came into her mind, and hit him in the head with the first thing she could reach. It was a hammer, and she killed him.              I get inspiration from a lot of things. I can just sit outside one summer night, and just look at things, and then I think of something that eventually becomes a story. The computer, TV?s, people, pictures, car rides, other stories, showers, dreams, music, and a lot of other things inspire me too.              Things as simple as a cake can make me come up with something that I want to write, and I love it. Writing is something that I can be myself in. I don?t have to tell people all this crazy ideas, and hope for them not to think I?m crazy. I can just write it down, post it and hope for people to read it and like it. I don?t think any of my real life friend have ever read something that I?ve written. It just get?s to embarrassing.             I would love to write a book sometimes, but before that I need to get much better in my style of writing. I jump a lot in time and stuff like that when I?m writing, and it confuses me sometimes. But someday, when I get older I?m gonna get it right.   ]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<strong>Gosh, hei. Nå er det lenge siden jeg har postet noe her. Grunnen til det har vært at jeg i grunnen ikke har hatt tid til å skrive noe i sommer. Jeg har ikke tilbringt så mye tid på pcen. Og de gangene jeg er på pcen, så har jeg ikke orket å skrive noe. <br /><br />Men ja, nå har jeg fått nytt design opp her, og nå håper jeg på å få skrevet noe snart. Jeg har en liten idè liggende i hodet, jeg må bare få skrevet den ned. Så ha litt tilmodighet med meg :] <br /><br />Og i mens så kan dere få lese noe jeg skrev til en engelsk lekse. Lol, den handler faktisk om skriving og sånt, så ja, det passer litt inn :] Hade &lt;3<br /><br /></strong><!--[if gte mso 9]><xml>  <w:WordDocument>   <w:View>Normal</w:View>   <w:Zoom>0</w:Zoom>   <w:HyphenationZone>21</w:HyphenationZone>   <w:PunctuationKerning/>   <w:ValidateAgainstSchemas/>   <w:SaveIfXMLInvalid>false</w:SaveIfXMLInvalid>   <w:IgnoreMixedContent>false</w:IgnoreMixedContent>   <w:AlwaysShowPlaceholderText>false</w:AlwaysShowPlaceholderText>   <w:Compatibility>    <w:BreakWrappedTables/>    <w:SnapToGridInCell/>    <w:WrapTextWithPunct/>    <w:UseAsianBreakRules/>    <w:DontGrowAutofit/>   </w:Compatibility>   <w:BrowserLevel>MicrosoftInternetExplorer4</w:BrowserLevel>  </w:WordDocument> </xml><![endif]--><!--[if gte mso 9]><xml>  <w:LatentStyles DefLockedState="false" LatentStyleCount="156">  </w:LatentStyles> </xml><![endif]--><!--[if !mso]><object  classid="clsid:38481807-CA0E-42D2-BF39-B33AF135CC4D" id=ieooui></object> <style> st1\:*{behavior:url(#ieooui) } </style> <![endif]--> <!--  /* Style Definitions */  p.MsoNormal, li.MsoNormal, div.MsoNormal 	{mso-style-parent:""; 	margin:0cm; 	margin-bottom:.0001pt; 	mso-pagination:widow-orphan; 	font-size:12.0pt; 	font-family:"Times New Roman"; 	mso-fareast-font-family:"Times New Roman";} @page Section1 	{size:595.3pt 841.9pt; 	margin:70.85pt 70.85pt 70.85pt 70.85pt; 	mso-header-margin:35.4pt; 	mso-footer-margin:35.4pt; 	mso-paper-source:0;} div.Section1 	{page:Section1;} --> <!--[if gte mso 10]> <style>  /* Style Definitions */  table.MsoNormalTable 	{mso-style-name:"Vanlig tabell"; 	mso-tstyle-rowband-size:0; 	mso-tstyle-colband-size:0; 	mso-style-noshow:yes; 	mso-style-parent:""; 	mso-padding-alt:0cm 5.4pt 0cm 5.4pt; 	mso-para-margin:0cm; 	mso-para-margin-bottom:.0001pt; 	mso-pagination:widow-orphan; 	font-size:10.0pt; 	font-family:"Times New Roman"; 	mso-ansi-language:#0400; 	mso-fareast-language:#0400; 	mso-bidi-language:#0400;} </style> <![endif]-->  <p class="MsoNormal"><strong>My hobby, if you can call it that, is writing. I really, really like to write stories and such. It started off simple with a really, really bad Norwegian chaptered story about a boyband I liked about three or four years ago called Dream Street, which is now deleted. It sucked. </strong></p>  <p class="MsoNormal"><strong> </strong></p>  <p class="MsoNormal"><strong>Since then I?ve written 30 + stories in Norwegian and English. I?ve written both oneshots (only one chapter) and chaptered. I?ve also switched between writing fanfics (about celebrities), originals (made up character) and sometimes both, just so it won?t get boring. At the moment, everything I?ve written is on a harddisk I can?t access, so I can?t write down all the different things I?ve written about, but I can tell from those I?ve posted online. </strong></p>  <p class="MsoNormal"><strong> </strong></p>  <p class="MsoNormal"><strong>I?ve posted 17 stories online, 5 chaptered ones, and 10 oneshots, or, it?s really only 4 chaptered ones, since I?ve posted two of the same, just one in Norwegian and one in English. </strong></p>  <p class="MsoNormal"><strong> </strong></p>  <p class="MsoNormal"><strong>Every single one of my stories is total different from eachother. If everything is about the same, and about the same people, it gets boring. I like to use different celebrities, and mix in my original characters. I have two made up characters that I often use, which is named Theodore and Hunter. Other then that I just mix myself and people I know into it as well. </strong></p>  <p class="MsoNormal"><strong> </strong></p>  <p class="MsoNormal"><strong>I tend to enter contests and such, just so I can get a challenge while writing. I like to just get something thrown at me, and I have to make something out if this. The most recent oneshot I wrote was for a contest. The task was to pick a number, and someone was gonna send me a room, and everything I wrote about had to happen in that room. I got the garage, and ended up writing about a woman who found out that her husband was cheating on her, so she decided to wait for him in the garage until he got home, so she could confront him. They started fighting, and he scared her, so she did the first thing that came into her mind, and hit him in the head with the first thing she could reach. It was a hammer, and she killed him. </strong></p>  <p class="MsoNormal"><strong> </strong></p>  <p class="MsoNormal"><strong>I get inspiration from a lot of things. I can just sit outside one summer night, and just look at things, and then I think of something that eventually becomes a story. The computer, TV?s, people, pictures, car rides, other stories, showers, dreams, music, and a lot of other things inspire me too. </strong></p>  <p class="MsoNormal"><strong> </strong></p>  <p class="MsoNormal"><strong>Things as simple as a cake can make me come up with something that I want to write, and I love it. Writing is something that I can be myself in. I don?t have to tell people all this crazy ideas, and hope for them not to think I?m crazy. I can just write it down, post it and hope for people to read it and like it. I don?t think any of my real life friend have ever read something that I?ve written. It just get?s to embarrassing.</strong></p>  <p class="MsoNormal"><strong> </strong></p>  <p class="MsoNormal"><strong>I would love to write a book sometimes, but before that I need to get much better in my style of writing. I jump a lot in time and stuff like that when I?m writing, and it confuses me sometimes. But someday, when I get older I?m gonna get it right. </strong></p>]]></content:encoded>
			<bs:blogid></bs:blogid>
			<bs:blogurl></bs:blogurl>
			<bs:blogname></bs:blogname>
			<bs:itemtitle></bs:itemtitle>
			<bs:image-profile></bs:image-profile>
			<bs:url-profile></bs:url-profile>
			<bs:comments>4</bs:comments>
					
		</item>

		
		<item>
			<title>Teaser</title>
			<pubDate>Tue, 22 Jun 2010 23:24:47 GMT</pubDate>
			<link>http://loveandwar.blogg.no/1277249087_teaser.html</link>
			<guid>http://loveandwar.blogg.no/1277249087_teaser.html</guid>
			<description><![CDATA[  Lol, jeg tenkte dere skulle få en lite smakebit på en ny historie jeg har skrevet. Eller, den er ikke akkuratt ny da, to år siden, kanskje jeg skrev den. Jeg fant den igjen igår, og bestemte meg for å skrive litt om på den (den var dritt dårlig!). Jeg har postet den både på   mibba   og på   gosupermodel  , så om dere vil lese hele, så får dere gå der å lese :] Atm har jeg bare kommet til kapittel to, men jeg jobber med saken : D   Denne heter foresten &quot;Hvem er du, egentlig?&quot;             Normal     0     21             false     false     false                                      MicrosoftInternetExplorer4                          /* Style Definitions */  table.MsoNormalTable 	{mso-style-name:"Vanlig tabell"; 	mso-tstyle-rowband-size:0; 	mso-tstyle-colband-size:0; 	mso-style-noshow:yes; 	mso-style-parent:""; 	mso-padding-alt:0cm 5.4pt 0cm 5.4pt; 	mso-para-margin:0cm; 	mso-para-margin-bottom:.0001pt; 	mso-pagination:widow-orphan; 	font-size:10.0pt; 	font-family:"Times New Roman"; 	mso-ansi-language:#0400; 	mso-fareast-language:#0400; 	mso-bidi-language:#0400;}        &quot;Hei, jeg skal ha to medium jordbær milkshake og en medium sjokolade milkshake.&quot;    Han slo inn tre milkshakes og jeg betalte han. Jeg ventet mens fyren i kassen gikk og fylte på. Da han var ferdig tok jeg de tre mikshakene og gikk.               Jeg prøvde å godt jeg kunne å bære alle tre samtidig, jeg hadde en i hver hånd og en under armen. Det gikk så halvveis fint, og jeg regnet med å komme meg til den blå steinen uten problemer.              Et stykke mot den blå steinen kunne jeg føle at milkshaken under armen hold på å skli, så jeg bøyde hodet mitt for å se etter, det skulle jeg aldri ha gjort for det neste jeg følte var at jeg fikk veldig vondt i ræven og ble dekket med klissete mikshake.    &quot;Fuck.&quot;    &quot;Shit, sorry, Jeg skulle ha sett meg for.&quot;    Jeg så opp. Det var da jeg så _han_. Nydeligeste personen i historien.   &quot;Nei, det går bra. Jeg skulle ha sett meg for, istedenfor å se andre steder.&quot;    Han hjalp meg opp og jeg så på han.    &quot;Jeg er Ad ... Theodore.&quot;                   Jeg så opp på han igjen, han var et hode høyere enn meg. Han hadde grønne øyner, svart litt bustete hår. Han minnet meg på en måte om Adam Gontier, på håret og øyene, men det er ikke han, det vet jeg. Han heter jo Theodore.              &quot;Jeg er Hunter.&quot;         ]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div align="left"><strong>Lol, jeg tenkte dere skulle få en lite smakebit på en ny historie jeg har skrevet. Eller, den er ikke akkuratt ny da, to år siden, kanskje jeg skrev den. Jeg fant den igjen igår, og bestemte meg for å skrive litt om på den (den var dritt dårlig!). Jeg har postet den både på <a href="http://stories.mibba.com/read/287395/Hvem-Er-Du-Egentlig/"><u>mibba</u></a> og på <a href="http://no.gosupermodel.com/community/forum_thread.jsp?id=2080386"><u>gosupermodel</u></a>, så om dere vil lese hele, så får dere gå der å lese :] Atm har jeg bare kommet til kapittel to, men jeg jobber med saken : D <br /><br />Denne heter foresten &quot;Hvem er du, egentlig?&quot; <br /><br /></strong><!--[if gte mso 9]><xml>  <w:WordDocument>   <w:View>Normal</w:View>   <w:Zoom>0</w:Zoom>   <w:HyphenationZone>21</w:HyphenationZone>   <w:PunctuationKerning/>   <w:ValidateAgainstSchemas/>   <w:SaveIfXMLInvalid>false</w:SaveIfXMLInvalid>   <w:IgnoreMixedContent>false</w:IgnoreMixedContent>   <w:AlwaysShowPlaceholderText>false</w:AlwaysShowPlaceholderText>   <w:Compatibility>    <w:BreakWrappedTables/>    <w:SnapToGridInCell/>    <w:WrapTextWithPunct/>    <w:UseAsianBreakRules/>    <w:DontGrowAutofit/>   </w:Compatibility>   <w:BrowserLevel>MicrosoftInternetExplorer4</w:BrowserLevel>  </w:WordDocument> </xml><![endif]--><!--[if gte mso 9]><xml>  <w:LatentStyles DefLockedState="false" LatentStyleCount="156">  </w:LatentStyles> </xml><![endif]--> <!--  /* Font Definitions */  @font-face 	{font-family:Tahoma; 	panose-1:2 11 6 4 3 5 4 4 2 4; 	mso-font-charset:0; 	mso-generic-font-family:swiss; 	mso-font-pitch:variable; 	mso-font-signature:1627421319 -2147483648 8 0 66047 0;}  /* Style Definitions */  p.MsoNormal, li.MsoNormal, div.MsoNormal 	{mso-style-parent:""; 	margin:0cm; 	margin-bottom:.0001pt; 	mso-pagination:none; 	mso-hyphenate:none; 	font-size:12.0pt; 	font-family:"Times New Roman"; 	mso-fareast-font-family:"Times New Roman"; 	mso-bidi-font-family:Tahoma; 	mso-font-kerning:8.0pt;} p.Standard, li.Standard, div.Standard 	{mso-style-name:Standard; 	mso-style-parent:""; 	margin:0cm; 	margin-bottom:.0001pt; 	mso-pagination:none; 	mso-hyphenate:none; 	font-size:12.0pt; 	font-family:"Times New Roman"; 	mso-fareast-font-family:"Times New Roman"; 	mso-bidi-font-family:Tahoma; 	mso-font-kerning:8.0pt;} @page Section1 	{size:612.0pt 792.0pt; 	margin:70.85pt 70.85pt 70.85pt 70.85pt; 	mso-header-margin:35.4pt; 	mso-footer-margin:35.4pt; 	mso-paper-source:0;} div.Section1 	{page:Section1;} --> <!--[if gte mso 10]> <style>  /* Style Definitions */  table.MsoNormalTable 	{mso-style-name:"Vanlig tabell"; 	mso-tstyle-rowband-size:0; 	mso-tstyle-colband-size:0; 	mso-style-noshow:yes; 	mso-style-parent:""; 	mso-padding-alt:0cm 5.4pt 0cm 5.4pt; 	mso-para-margin:0cm; 	mso-para-margin-bottom:.0001pt; 	mso-pagination:widow-orphan; 	font-size:10.0pt; 	font-family:"Times New Roman"; 	mso-ansi-language:#0400; 	mso-fareast-language:#0400; 	mso-bidi-language:#0400;} </style> <![endif]-->  <p class="Standard"><strong>&quot;Hei, jeg skal ha to medium jordbær milkshake og en medium sjokolade milkshake.&quot; <br /><br /> Han slo inn tre milkshakes og jeg betalte han. Jeg ventet mens fyren i kassen gikk og fylte på. Da han var ferdig tok jeg de tre mikshakene og gikk. </strong> </p>  <p class="Standard"><strong> </strong></p>  <p class="Standard"><strong>Jeg prøvde å godt jeg kunne å bære alle tre samtidig, jeg hadde en i hver hånd og en under armen. Det gikk så halvveis fint, og jeg regnet med å komme meg til den blå steinen uten problemer. </strong></p>  <p class="Standard"><strong> </strong></p>  <p class="Standard"><strong>Et stykke mot den blå steinen kunne jeg føle at milkshaken under armen hold på å skli, så jeg bøyde hodet mitt for å se etter, det skulle jeg aldri ha gjort for det neste jeg følte var at jeg fikk veldig vondt i ræven og ble dekket med klissete mikshake. <br /><br /> &quot;Fuck.&quot; <br /><br /> &quot;Shit, sorry, Jeg skulle ha sett meg for.&quot; <br /><br /> Jeg så opp. Det var da jeg så _han_. Nydeligeste personen i historien.<br /><br /> &quot;Nei, det går bra. Jeg skulle ha sett meg for, istedenfor å se andre steder.&quot; <br /><br /> Han hjalp meg opp og jeg så på han. <br /><br /> &quot;Jeg er Ad ... Theodore.&quot;</strong>      </p>  <p class="Standard"><strong> </strong></p>  <p class="Standard"><strong>Jeg så opp på han igjen, han var et hode høyere enn meg. Han hadde grønne øyner, svart litt bustete hår. Han minnet meg på en måte om Adam Gontier, på håret og øyene, men det er ikke han, det vet jeg. Han heter jo Theodore. </strong></p>  <p class="Standard"><strong> </strong></p>  <p class="Standard"><strong>&quot;Jeg er Hunter.&quot; </strong></p>  <strong><br /></strong></div>]]></content:encoded>
			<bs:blogid></bs:blogid>
			<bs:blogurl></bs:blogurl>
			<bs:blogname></bs:blogname>
			<bs:itemtitle></bs:itemtitle>
			<bs:image-profile></bs:image-profile>
			<bs:url-profile></bs:url-profile>
			<bs:comments>0</bs:comments>
					
		</item>

		
		<item>
			<title>Nytt design :]</title>
			<pubDate>Wed, 16 Jun 2010 16:47:02 GMT</pubDate>
			<link>http://loveandwar.blogg.no/1276706822_nytt_design_.html</link>
			<guid>http://loveandwar.blogg.no/1276706822_nytt_design_.html</guid>
			<description><![CDATA[ Jaaa, da har man _endelig_ fått en nytt design. Ble ganske lei det rosa og det svarte. Forhåpentligvis er denne litt bedre :]   Hva syntes dere?  Foresten: Dere som leser denne bloggen, kan ikke dere legge meg til som venn elns? Det hadde vært kos! : D ]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<strong>Jaaa, da har man _endelig_ fått en nytt design. Ble ganske lei det rosa og det svarte. Forhåpentligvis er denne litt bedre :] <br /><br />Hva syntes dere?<br /><br />Foresten: Dere som leser denne bloggen, kan ikke dere legge meg til som venn elns? Det hadde vært kos! : D</strong>]]></content:encoded>
			<bs:blogid></bs:blogid>
			<bs:blogurl></bs:blogurl>
			<bs:blogname></bs:blogname>
			<bs:itemtitle></bs:itemtitle>
			<bs:image-profile></bs:image-profile>
			<bs:url-profile></bs:url-profile>
			<bs:comments>11</bs:comments>
					
		</item>

		
		<item>
			<title>I Don&#039;t Regret It</title>
			<pubDate>Wed, 16 Jun 2010 00:55:28 GMT</pubDate>
			<link>http://loveandwar.blogg.no/1276649728_i_dont_regret_it.html</link>
			<guid>http://loveandwar.blogg.no/1276649728_i_dont_regret_it.html</guid>
			<description><![CDATA[    Word count: 1344       I sat on the worn old couch in the garage, waiting for my husband to come home. I didn&#39;t care that it was freezing cold and I was sitting there in a tank top and hotpants. I didn&#39;t care that it was two a clock in the morning and that my eyes was swollen from all the crying. I just needed him to know that I knew; I knew that he had been cheating on me.      When he drove into the garage, he smiled at me and waved at me. Pretending that he didn&#39;t just come home from another girl&#39;s house and pretending to love me. He didn&#39;t know that I was pregnant. I found out earlier that day, and had plans to tell him when he got home, but when he called to tell me that he wouldn&#39;t be coming home after work that day, he was gonna visit his bestfriend, Chris, to have a guys night with some of his friends. And I believed him, until his friend called and asked for him. I knew then that he was cheating on me. That would explain why he always &quot;went out for a walk&quot; in the middle of the night, when he though I was sleeping. Why he came home freshly showered and always came home with different clothes than he left the house with.      He got out of the car and walked over to me, trying to give me a hug. When I refused to hug him, he looked deeply into my eyes.      &quot;What&#39;s wrong, baby? Have you been crying? You&#39;re ice cold, what are you doing out here? Let&#39;s go inside and get some blankets.&quot;     He tried to hug me again, but I refused, again.      &quot;No. Let go of me. I&#39;m fine. Just stop pretending that you care. I know!&quot;     He swallowed hard and looked everywhere but into my eyes.      &quot;What are you talking about? I do care about you. And what do you know?&quot;     &quot;Oh stop pretending that you don&#39;t know what I?m talking about! I know you?ve been lying to me. I know that you haven?t been with you?re friends tonight. And I know that you?ve been cheating on me!&quot;     I could feel the tears coming up behind my eyes, but I refused to cry anymore. He didn&#39;t deserve my tears.      &quot;What? I&#39;m not cheating on you! Who gave you that thought? I have been with the boys today. Just call Chris!&quot;     And the lying continued.      &quot;Oh cut the crap, James! Chris called today, asking for you! He wanted to ask if you wanted to go out today, you know, since it&#39;s his birthday. You forgot that, didn&#39;t you? And if you&#39;re not cheating on my, tell my why you always leave in the middle of the night, why you always come home freshly showered and why you never come home with the same clothes you left the house with! Don&#39;t even try to tell me that you always go out for a walk, I can hear the car. I&#39;m not deaf, you know. And I know that you don&#39;t go to the gym everyday. While at work, and sometimes &#39;til two o&#39;clock in the fucking morning!&quot;     He was sweating, and he looked all over the place, trying to avoid me.      &quot;Baby, I promise you that I&#39;m not cheating at you. And no, I didn&#39;t forget Chris&#39; birthday. I stayed late at work. The boss wanted me to do some paperwork, since it&#39;s due tomorrow and Alex was sick today. After that I went out with Chris and the guys. The reason Chris called here was because I didn&#39;t answered my cell. And I do go to the gym everyday, I try to get one hour before work, and sometimes I work out a couple of hours after work. Why does it bother you to much? I come home everyday.&quot;     Bullshit, he always comes home after I go to bed, and it does bother me.      &quot;Don&#39;t lie to me, James. I&#39;m not stupid! You always come home after I&#39;ve gone to bed. I stay at home waiting for you every fucking night, and then I just give up and go to bed. And you never answer your phone. And it does bother me! I&#39;m you&#39;re wife for Christ sakes!&quot;     &quot;I try to get home to you every night before you go to bed, but you go to bed too early! I need some time alone, and I come home when I want to. You may be my wife, but that doesn&#39;t give you the right to decide when I need to come home! I can&#39;t be with you all the time.&quot;     &quot;You&#39;re never with me, James! You&#39;re either sleeping, at work or just not here. You don&#39;t even come home after work, you just call and tell me that you won&#39;t come home and that I shouldn&#39;t stay up waiting for you. And that you love me. You&#39;re so full of shit!&quot;     He took a step closer to me and tried to hug me, for the third time, but again I refused.      &quot;I do love you! I&#39;ve loved you forever. Always have, always will!&quot;     The tears pushed on once again, and this time I couldn&#39;t hold them back.      &quot;Then why don&#39;t you prove it? If you loved my so much, why don&#39;t you come home to spend some time with me for a change? I had some news I wanted to tell you, and it really hurt me when you called and said you wouldn&#39;t come home. You didn&#39;t even wait for my response, you just hung up. I had made us dinner too, and I was stupid enough to believe that you would come home to me, your wife.&quot;     He opened his mouth for a second, looking like he was gonna respond, but didn&#39;t knew what he was gonna say. When he did that about five times, I stopped him;      &quot;You know what! You don&#39;t need to say anything. Just get the hell out of here, and pick up your stuff tomorrow, we&#39;re over! Just forget all about me, your  pregnant  wife!&quot;     The look on his face when I said that was priceless! If it wasn&#39;t such a serious moment, I would&#39;ve laughed.      &quot;What? You&#39;re pregnant?&quot;     &quot;Yes I&#39;m pregnant. And if you had listening to a word I&#39;ve said, you would&#39;ve heard that I wanted you to come home tonight, because I had some news to tell you. I can see how much you care. After you leave this garage tonight, I don&#39;t want to see you, ever again. You&#39;ll pick your stuff up tomorrow when I&#39;m at work, and if any of my things is gone, I&#39;m gonna turn you in for stealing. You can&#39;t have anything to do with the baby. I don&#39;t need your money or help.&quot;     I turned to leave the garage when I felt him grab my arm and pull me back.      &quot;Listen to me! It&#39;s my baby too, and I&#39;m gonna be a good father for it, he&#39;s gonna know that I exist, whenever you like it or not!&quot;     I tried to get loose from his grip, but he was too strong for me, and just kept pushing me into the wall.      &quot;Fuck no! When the baby grows up, I&#39;m gonna tell it what a lying, cheating bastard it&#39;s father were.&quot;     He looked angry now, he was gripping my arm so hard it hurt and he kept pushing me, even though I couldn&#39;t get any further.      &quot;Let go of me!&quot;     I started crying again, but he wouldn&#39;t stop. I could hardly breathe, and I felt like I was about to faint at any time, so I tried to reach my arm and grab the first thing I would reach. I didn&#39;t know what it was, but I didn&#39;t care at the moment, I just grabbed it, and hit James in the head with it. It wasn&#39;t until I saw the bloody hammer in my hand, and James lying on the floor in a pool of blood, that I finally fainted.    ]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div style="text-align: center"><img src="http://bloggfiler.no/loveandwar.blogg.no/images/715129-8-1276649704696.jpg" alt="" /><br /><em>Word count: 1344</em><br /></div><br /><div align="center"><div align="left"><strong>I sat on the worn old couch in the garage, waiting for my husband to come home. I didn&#39;t care that it was freezing cold and I was sitting there in a tank top and hotpants. I didn&#39;t care that it was two a clock in the morning and that my eyes was swollen from all the crying. I just needed him to know that I knew; I knew that he had been cheating on me. </strong><br /><br /><strong> When he drove into the garage, he smiled at me and waved at me. Pretending that he didn&#39;t just come home from another girl&#39;s house and pretending to love me. He didn&#39;t know that I was pregnant. I found out earlier that day, and had plans to tell him when he got home, but when he called to tell me that he wouldn&#39;t be coming home after work that day, he was gonna visit his bestfriend, Chris, to have a guys night with some of his friends. And I believed him, until his friend called and asked for him. I knew then that he was cheating on me. That would explain why he always &quot;went out for a walk&quot; in the middle of the night, when he though I was sleeping. Why he came home freshly showered and always came home with different clothes than he left the house with. </strong><br /><br /><strong> He got out of the car and walked over to me, trying to give me a hug. When I refused to hug him, he looked deeply into my eyes. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;What&#39;s wrong, baby? Have you been crying? You&#39;re ice cold, what are you doing out here? Let&#39;s go inside and get some blankets.&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> He tried to hug me again, but I refused, again. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;No. Let go of me. I&#39;m fine. Just stop pretending that you care. I know!&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> He swallowed hard and looked everywhere but into my eyes. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;What are you talking about? I do care about you. And what do you know?&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Oh stop pretending that you don&#39;t know what I?m talking about! I know you?ve been lying to me. I know that you haven?t been with you?re friends tonight. And I know that you?ve been cheating on me!&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> I could feel the tears coming up behind my eyes, but I refused to cry anymore. He didn&#39;t deserve my tears. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;What? I&#39;m not cheating on you! Who gave you that thought? I have been with the boys today. Just call Chris!&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> And the lying continued. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Oh cut the crap, James! Chris called today, asking for you! He wanted to ask if you wanted to go out today, you know, since it&#39;s his birthday. You forgot that, didn&#39;t you? And if you&#39;re not cheating on my, tell my why you always leave in the middle of the night, why you always come home freshly showered and why you never come home with the same clothes you left the house with! Don&#39;t even try to tell me that you always go out for a walk, I can hear the car. I&#39;m not deaf, you know. And I know that you don&#39;t go to the gym everyday. While at work, and sometimes &#39;til two o&#39;clock in the fucking morning!&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> He was sweating, and he looked all over the place, trying to avoid me. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Baby, I promise you that I&#39;m not cheating at you. And no, I didn&#39;t forget Chris&#39; birthday. I stayed late at work. The boss wanted me to do some paperwork, since it&#39;s due tomorrow and Alex was sick today. After that I went out with Chris and the guys. The reason Chris called here was because I didn&#39;t answered my cell. And I do go to the gym everyday, I try to get one hour before work, and sometimes I work out a couple of hours after work. Why does it bother you to much? I come home everyday.&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> Bullshit, he always comes home after I go to bed, and it does bother me. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Don&#39;t lie to me, James. I&#39;m not stupid! You always come home after I&#39;ve gone to bed. I stay at home waiting for you every fucking night, and then I just give up and go to bed. And you never answer your phone. And it does bother me! I&#39;m you&#39;re wife for Christ sakes!&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;I try to get home to you every night before you go to bed, but you go to bed too early! I need some time alone, and I come home when I want to. You may be my wife, but that doesn&#39;t give you the right to decide when I need to come home! I can&#39;t be with you all the time.&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;You&#39;re never with me, James! You&#39;re either sleeping, at work or just not here. You don&#39;t even come home after work, you just call and tell me that you won&#39;t come home and that I shouldn&#39;t stay up waiting for you. And that you love me. You&#39;re so full of shit!&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> He took a step closer to me and tried to hug me, for the third time, but again I refused. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;I do love you! I&#39;ve loved you forever. Always have, always will!&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> The tears pushed on once again, and this time I couldn&#39;t hold them back. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Then why don&#39;t you prove it? If you loved my so much, why don&#39;t you come home to spend some time with me for a change? I had some news I wanted to tell you, and it really hurt me when you called and said you wouldn&#39;t come home. You didn&#39;t even wait for my response, you just hung up. I had made us dinner too, and I was stupid enough to believe that you would come home to me, your wife.&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> He opened his mouth for a second, looking like he was gonna respond, but didn&#39;t knew what he was gonna say. When he did that about five times, I stopped him; </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;You know what! You don&#39;t need to say anything. Just get the hell out of here, and pick up your stuff tomorrow, we&#39;re over! Just forget all about me, your <em>pregnant</em> wife!&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> The look on his face when I said that was priceless! If it wasn&#39;t such a serious moment, I would&#39;ve laughed. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;What? You&#39;re pregnant?&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Yes I&#39;m pregnant. And if you had listening to a word I&#39;ve said, you would&#39;ve heard that I wanted you to come home tonight, because I had some news to tell you. I can see how much you care. After you leave this garage tonight, I don&#39;t want to see you, ever again. You&#39;ll pick your stuff up tomorrow when I&#39;m at work, and if any of my things is gone, I&#39;m gonna turn you in for stealing. You can&#39;t have anything to do with the baby. I don&#39;t need your money or help.&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> I turned to leave the garage when I felt him grab my arm and pull me back. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Listen to me! It&#39;s my baby too, and I&#39;m gonna be a good father for it, he&#39;s gonna know that I exist, whenever you like it or not!&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> I tried to get loose from his grip, but he was too strong for me, and just kept pushing me into the wall. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Fuck no! When the baby grows up, I&#39;m gonna tell it what a lying, cheating bastard it&#39;s father were.&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> He looked angry now, he was gripping my arm so hard it hurt and he kept pushing me, even though I couldn&#39;t get any further. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Let go of me!&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> I started crying again, but he wouldn&#39;t stop. I could hardly breathe, and I felt like I was about to faint at any time, so I tried to reach my arm and grab the first thing I would reach. I didn&#39;t know what it was, but I didn&#39;t care at the moment, I just grabbed it, and hit James in the head with it. It wasn&#39;t until I saw the bloody hammer in my hand, and James lying on the floor in a pool of blood, that I finally fainted.</strong></div> </div>]]></content:encoded>
			<bs:blogid></bs:blogid>
			<bs:blogurl></bs:blogurl>
			<bs:blogname></bs:blogname>
			<bs:itemtitle></bs:itemtitle>
			<bs:image-profile></bs:image-profile>
			<bs:url-profile></bs:url-profile>
			<bs:comments>4</bs:comments>
						<bs:image>http://bloggfiler.no/loveandwar.blogg.no/images/715129-8-1276649704696.jpg</bs:image>
					
		</item>

		
		<item>
			<title>Har ikke flere å poste :c</title>
			<pubDate>Sun, 06 Jun 2010 19:21:32 GMT</pubDate>
			<link>http://loveandwar.blogg.no/1275852092_har_ikke_flere__poste.html</link>
			<guid>http://loveandwar.blogg.no/1275852092_har_ikke_flere__poste.html</guid>
			<description><![CDATA[  HEI!  Jeg stakk bare innom for å si at jeg ikke har flere oneshots å poste atm. Jeg jobber med saken. Har en som skal skrives til den 18. Juni og en til den 1. Juli, så det kommer flere etterhvert :] Bare vært litt tolmodig og vent litt : D   I mellomtiden skal jeg prøve å fikse designet her :]   Hade : D   ]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div align="left"><strong>HEI! <br />Jeg stakk bare innom for å si at jeg ikke har flere oneshots å poste atm. Jeg jobber med saken. Har en som skal skrives til den 18. Juni og en til den 1. Juli, så det kommer flere etterhvert :] Bare vært litt tolmodig og vent litt : D <br /><br />I mellomtiden skal jeg prøve å fikse designet her :] <br /><br />Hade : D<br /></strong></div>]]></content:encoded>
			<bs:blogid></bs:blogid>
			<bs:blogurl></bs:blogurl>
			<bs:blogname></bs:blogname>
			<bs:itemtitle></bs:itemtitle>
			<bs:image-profile></bs:image-profile>
			<bs:url-profile></bs:url-profile>
			<bs:comments>0</bs:comments>
					
		</item>

		
		<item>
			<title>My Dead Heart</title>
			<pubDate>Sun, 30 May 2010 20:14:05 GMT</pubDate>
			<link>http://loveandwar.blogg.no/1275250445_my_dead_heart.html</link>
			<guid>http://loveandwar.blogg.no/1275250445_my_dead_heart.html</guid>
			<description><![CDATA[       Word count: 631     [Theodore]         Ever since the day I died I had been watching Hunter. He was crying and screaming every day. He barely slept and when he did, he was having nightmares, about me. It hurt to see him like that, knowing that he blames himself for something that he did not even do. He was not the one who was drunk driving in the middle of the day. He only did what came into his mind the moment he saw that car coming towards us. He jumped to the left. Saving himself.     I on the other hand was too shocked to do something. I couldn&#39;t move, and when I finally felt that my body screamed &quot;jump&quot;, it was to late. The car hit me, and I died.      I was never scared of dying. It&#39;s the part where I&#39;m leaving everyone who loved me behind that scares me. I heard what they said in the funeral. How much everyone loved me and how they missed me. But the worst part is leaving my closest ones; My boyfriend, my parents and my sister. Those were the one I loved the most, and to know that they suffer because I died, broke my dead heart.     The day I died I was planning a special night with Hunter. It was our one year anniversary and I was gonna take him home and we were gonna have sex. I had planned it for so long, but it never happened and Hunter will never know what I had planned. I loved Hunter with all my heart, I still do, even if I am dead.      Every night, when Hunter is in his bed crying I sit behind him, stroking his back. He can feel it, I know it, because he turns over and look. Sometimes he even whispers my name. I always makes sure that he can see me, just so he can know that even though I am not alive, I am still here with him. Watching over him. And just before I disappear I say &quot;I love you&quot;. Just so he know that I love him. I always have and always will.      We were bestfriends for fifteen years, and boyfriends for one year. I can not think of a better bestfriend and boyfriend. We told everything to eachother. Everything from who we had a crush on to what we dreamt of. We were so much a like. We both loved the band Cobra Starship and our favorite food of all times were spring rolls. My moms home made spring rolls.      Sure we had our differences. I loved black, Hunter loved pink. Hunter had more of an skater type of style, while I was more emo, but that did not matter. We still loved eachother.     That day when Hunter watched that DVD of us, I was standing behind him. I kept my distance so he couldn&#39;t feel my presence. I could see the reflection of his face in the TV, and my dead heart just fell from my chest. Tears were streaming down his face, and I wanted to just hold him and tell him that everything was gonna be okay, but I could not. I did not want him to see or feel me, that would just break him even more and everything was not gonna be okay. I will still be dead and I would never come back.      The thought of me leaving Hunter hurt. Even though I am dead and have already left him, does not mean that I have left him, yet. I ams still here, watching over him. Protecting him. And somehow I always will.     ~~     &quot;You are not just dreaming when you see me every night. I am here to watch over you, to make sure you will never forget me.                ]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div align="center"> </div><div align="center"><img src="http://bloggfiler.no/loveandwar.blogg.no/images/715129-11-1277086508728.jpg" alt="" /><br /><em>Word count: 631</em><br /><br /></div><strong>[Theodore] </strong><br /><div id="text-content"><div align="center"><div align="left"><br /><strong> Ever since the day I died I had been watching Hunter. He was crying and screaming every day. He barely slept and when he did, he was having nightmares, about me. It hurt to see him like that, knowing that he blames himself for something that he did not even do. He was not the one who was drunk driving in the middle of the day. He only did what came into his mind the moment he saw that car coming towards us. He jumped to the left. Saving himself.</strong><br /><br /><strong> I on the other hand was too shocked to do something. I couldn&#39;t move, and when I finally felt that my body screamed &quot;jump&quot;, it was to late. The car hit me, and I died. </strong><br /><br /><strong> I was never scared of dying. It&#39;s the part where I&#39;m leaving everyone who loved me behind that scares me. I heard what they said in the funeral. How much everyone loved me and how they missed me. But the worst part is leaving my closest ones; My boyfriend, my parents and my sister. Those were the one I loved the most, and to know that they suffer because I died, broke my dead heart.</strong><br /><br /><strong> The day I died I was planning a special night with Hunter. It was our one year anniversary and I was gonna take him home and we were gonna have sex. I had planned it for so long, but it never happened and Hunter will never know what I had planned. I loved Hunter with all my heart, I still do, even if I am dead. </strong><br /><br /><strong> Every night, when Hunter is in his bed crying I sit behind him, stroking his back. He can feel it, I know it, because he turns over and look. Sometimes he even whispers my name. I always makes sure that he can see me, just so he can know that even though I am not alive, I am still here with him. Watching over him. And just before I disappear I say &quot;I love you&quot;. Just so he know that I love him. I always have and always will. </strong><br /><br /><strong> We were bestfriends for fifteen years, and boyfriends for one year. I can not think of a better bestfriend and boyfriend. We told everything to eachother. Everything from who we had a crush on to what we dreamt of. We were so much a like. We both loved the band Cobra Starship and our favorite food of all times were spring rolls. My moms home made spring rolls. </strong><br /><br /><strong> Sure we had our differences. I loved black, Hunter loved pink. Hunter had more of an skater type of style, while I was more emo, but that did not matter. We still loved eachother.</strong><br /><br /><strong> That day when Hunter watched that DVD of us, I was standing behind him. I kept my distance so he couldn&#39;t feel my presence. I could see the reflection of his face in the TV, and my dead heart just fell from my chest. Tears were streaming down his face, and I wanted to just hold him and tell him that everything was gonna be okay, but I could not. I did not want him to see or feel me, that would just break him even more and everything was not gonna be okay. I will still be dead and I would never come back. </strong><br /><br /><strong> The thought of me leaving Hunter hurt. Even though I am dead and have already left him, does not mean that I have left him, yet. I ams still here, watching over him. Protecting him. And somehow I always will.</strong><br /><br /><strong> ~~</strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;You are not just dreaming when you see me every night. I am here to watch over you, to make sure you will never forget me.</strong></div>           </div> </div>]]></content:encoded>
			<bs:blogid></bs:blogid>
			<bs:blogurl></bs:blogurl>
			<bs:blogname></bs:blogname>
			<bs:itemtitle></bs:itemtitle>
			<bs:image-profile></bs:image-profile>
			<bs:url-profile></bs:url-profile>
			<bs:comments>0</bs:comments>
						<bs:image>http://bloggfiler.no/loveandwar.blogg.no/images/715129-11-1277086508728.jpg</bs:image>
					
		</item>

		
		<item>
			<title>I Can&#039;t Help It</title>
			<pubDate>Thu, 27 May 2010 02:59:39 GMT</pubDate>
			<link>http://loveandwar.blogg.no/1274929179_i_cant_help_it.html</link>
			<guid>http://loveandwar.blogg.no/1274929179_i_cant_help_it.html</guid>
			<description><![CDATA[    Word count: 2308          [Bert]     &quot;Good night, Bergen! We&#39;ll see you next time!&quot;     I hugged Quinn and left the stage. That concert was one of the best concerts we ever had! First time in Norway, the crowd was awesome and there was a really, [i]really[i] hot guy in the first row! He had black hair with green bangs, he wore eyeliner -- which is hot -- and when I got eye contact with him I could see that his eyes were dark brown, almost black. If I ever saw him again, I would totally be all over him.     &quot;Did you see that hot guy in the first row?&quot;      I sat down on the couch beside Quinn and threw my head back. I was tired and my feet was killing me.      &quot;That one you never took your eyes off? Yeah, I saw him.&quot;      &quot;Hey! I did take my eyes off him!&quot;      Ok, I lied, I didn&#39;t take my eyes off him, I tried, but I couldn&#39;t.      &quot;If you did, can you tell me which color the guy beside him had on his t-shirt? It&#39;s a color you can&#39;t hardly forget.&quot;     Busted!      &quot;Uh, black?&quot;      That made Quinn laugh and yelled for Jeph;      &quot;Hey Jeph?&quot;     Jeph turned from where he had been talking to someone and looked at us.      &quot;Yeah?&quot;      &quot;Do you remember what color that guy beside that guy with the green bangs had on his t-shirt?&quot;      Jeph laughed and walked over to us.      &quot;How can I not remember? It was hot pink for fucks sakes! Please don&#39;t tell me that you&#39;ve already forgot?&quot;      Quinn looked at me and smiled.      &quot;No, I remember, but Bert didn&#39;t notice.&quot;      &quot;WHAT?! You didn&#39;t see that guy in the hot pink t-shirt?&quot;      Jeph just looked at me, shocked that I didn&#39;t remember it, and then he just started laughing.     &quot;Come on, Bert! He was wearing a hot pink t-shirt in a crowd with mostly black t-shirts and tops! Anyone with eyes would have notice. Where were yours?&quot;      I was about to answerer that, but Quinn got there first.      &quot;His eyes were glued to that guy with the green bangs.&quot;      &quot;Ok, fine. They were! He was hot, ok?!&quot;     Jeph sat down and patted my back.      &quot;Someone is having a crush on a fan. Seriously, he didn&#39;t look more than 16 years, which means that he&#39;s over ten years younger than you.&quot;     That made Quinn, Jeph and some other people who were listening to our conversation laugh.      &quot;Oh come on! I&#39;m not having a crush on him. It&#39;s not like I would ever see him again, so can we just let it go. I&#39;m going to take a shower, then I&#39;m going to sleep. Tomorrow is our last day here, and I wanna go out and look around.&quot;     With that said, I just left them there in the couch, still laughing at me.      [b][b][b][b][b]     We were walking around in town, just looking. We had been to the aquarium and on fløyen, and we hadn&#39;t planned on much else, except eat. We were starving. Thankfully, there weren&#39;t any fans at the aquarium or on fløyen, but as soon we entered McDonald&#39;s, people came running towards us, wanting pictures, autographs and hugs, which we gave them.      When we were almost done, I saw him. He was standing a few meters away, talking with a friend, looking like he didn&#39;t know what was going on. I stopped what I was doing as soon as I saw him, and he stopped talking when he saw me. We just stared at each other, neither one of us doing anything. It wasn&#39;t until Quinn elbowed me that I broke eye contact.      &quot;What&#39;s going on?&quot;      The people were almost gone, it was just a few of us standing in front if me, waiting for me to come back to earth.      &quot;He&#39;s here. Look!&quot;     I didn&#39;t want to point at him, so I just tried to point with my eyes, which Quinn thankfully understood.      &quot;Oh, right.&quot;      He just looked at me like I was crazy, and then he hit me.     &quot;What on earth are you standing here for? Go and talk to him!&quot;     &quot;Oh, yeah, and what should I say? It&#39;s not like I can ask him out or something. We&#39;re leaving tomorrow and he&#39;s a lot younger than me.&quot;      Quinn looked at him again, and then at me.      &quot;Fine, if you&#39;re not gonna talk to him, then I will. I&#39;m gonna ask him what his name is, how old he is, and if I could get his MSN. Just so you can keep in touch.&quot;      He didn&#39;t let me reply, he just went over to him. I tried not to blush, but it didn&#39;t help much. Jeph were entertaining the rest of the fans, that I didn&#39;t get to say hello to and Dan was ordering our food, so I went over to Jeph and did what I had to do for the fans while waiting for Quinn to come back.      [b][b][b][b][b]     I couldn&#39;t stop thinking about him since I saw him at McDonald&#39;s. The guys knew, and told me that I should try to forget him, but I couldn&#39;t. Quinn had got his name, age and MSN address when he met him. His name was Theodore and he was sixteen years old. He was twelve years younger than me.      I had talked to him on MSN, and we had got to know eachother a bit, other than the basic. I got to know that he played guitar and he wanted to play in a band. He told me he was gay, and that he had had one boyfriend before. He also told me that he thought that I was the most awesome guy in the world!      After two months of talking with him over MSN, we had talked over the phone and seen eachother on webcam, and I couldn&#39;t just forget about him. I tried, but everytime I logged on MSN, he was online, and if he didn&#39;t talk to me, then I talked to him. I couldn&#39;t resist. One day I just had to talk to someone about my feelings for him, because it was so not a crush anymore.      I decided to visit Quinn one day to talk to him and figure out what to do.      &quot;Quinn, I really need your help!&quot;      I sat down on his couch waiting for him to follow me -- which he did -- and started to talk;     &quot;Do you remember Theodore?&quot;      Quinn nodded and waited for me to go on.      &quot;Well I know you told me to forget about him and move on, but I can&#39;t. I&#39;m still thinking about him, and it&#39;s killing me. I&#39;ve been talking with him for the past few months, and even though I try not to talk to him, I do, and when I&#39;m not talking with him for a few days or so, I can&#39;t get him out of my mind. His voice, his laugh, his eyes, his hair ? everything about him is making me crazy. I know he&#39;s to young for me, but I have to do something. I know this sounds crazy, but I&#39;m falling for him, even though I&#39;ve never really met him.&quot;      I took a deep breath and closed my eyes. I was going insane. I even had several dreams about him, hoping that I would meet him someday. Quinn just looked like he was thinking about something, before he opened his mouth to say something:      &quot;This is what you&#39;re gonna do. Next time you talk to him, you&#39;re gonna tell him how you&#39;re feeling. Then if he has the same feelings for you, you&#39;re gonna take the first flight to Norway to meet him. Ok?&quot;      I just smiled at him, thanked him and hugged him, before going back to my place, I was gonna do it.      I called him as soon as I got home, and smiled when Theodore answered, I was just going to get it over with, no sweet talking before I told him.     &quot;I need to tell you something, and I don&#39;t want to make it harder than it already is. I like you, a lot. I can&#39;t stop thinking about you, and I want to meet you in person. You make me smile, jump and happy, and you make my heart beat faster than normal. I know that I&#39;m a bit older than you, but I hope that doesn&#39;t ruin my chances with you.&quot;      I was nervous on what he was gonna answerer. What if he didn&#39;t like me? Could I just move on and forget about him? Or would he get mad at me for never talking to me?      &quot;Oh wow. I would have never thought. Yes, I like you too, and yes I want to meet you in person, but my parents would never let me go out with you, and the fact that you live in America doesn&#39;t make it any easier.&quot;     When he told me that he liked me too I couldn&#39;t stop smiling, and it made me feel like a teenage girl.      &quot;I&#39;m coming to Norway to see you.&quot;     &quot;When?&quot;      &quot;I&#39;m leaving as soon as I hang up. You wanna meet me at the airport? I can text you the time I&#39;m going to be there when I find out.&quot;      There was a silence in the other end, and I hoped that it he hadn&#39;t changed his mind about meeting me.      &quot;Yeah, okay, I can do that.&quot;     &quot;Okay, so I see you then. Bye.&quot;      I hung up and ran for my bedroom, I had to pack some clothes and other stuff before I left.      [b][b][b][b][b][b]     When I got on the plane I got really nervous. What would his parents do to me? Would they tell him to stay away from me? Would they turn me in? A lot of different thoughts ran trough my head, and I started to wonder if I was doing the right thing.      After a really long trip, sleeping, getting on and off different planes and a lot of thinking I was finally at flesland. My way out of the plane took me a while because of an old lady walking really slow in front of me, but I finally got out. I looked around for Theodore hoping to see him when I walked around a corner. I didn&#39;t though, and I started to wonder if he stood me up.      I decided to call him, to make sure that he had got my text.      &quot;Bert I&#39;m sorry! My parents wont let me out of the house! They won&#39;t let me meet a older man all alone. They&#39;re afraid that you&#39;re gonna rape me or kill me or something.&quot;      It sounded like he had been crying and he was sort of whispering, as if he didn&#39;t want his parents to hear.      &quot;That&#39;s okay, I&#39;m old enough to get to your house by myself, just tell me what I&#39;m gonna do, and I&#39;ll be there as soon as I can.&quot;      He told me that I had to take a cab in to town, then just jump on the first bus that said &quot;Øygarden&quot;, and then I would just pay what it would cost me to get to the last stop, and then just sit and wait until I saw a cemetery. When I saw that all I had to do was push the red stop button, get of the bus and go to the first green house I saw. That couldn&#39;t be hard, all I had to do was sit and wait.      It took me three hours just to get to his house, but I was there, and I couldn&#39;t just turn around and go. I didn&#39;t know how to get away from there. I ran the doorbell and waited, hoping that Theodore would answerer, which he didn&#39;t. A man -- probably her father -- opened the door instead.      &quot;Hi, who are you?&quot;      I dried my palm on my jeans before offering my hand for him to shake.      &quot;Hi, I&#39;m Bert. I&#39;m here to see Theodore.&quot;      He didn&#39;t take my hand, instead he got this sort of scared look on his face and took a step back, closing that door a bit more too.      &quot;He isn&#39;t home. He&#39;s on vacation.&quot;      Oh please.      &quot;I know that he&#39;s here. I&#39;ve spoken to him today, and I want to see him now. It&#39;s not what you think. I like your son, and I&#39;m not gonna hurt him, just let me see him.&quot;      He didn&#39;t seem to want to listen to me, so he tried to close the door completely. Oh no, he was not going to close that door before I could see Theodore. I sat my foot in front of the door, before he could close the door.      &quot;Listen, I have traveled all the way from America just to see your son, and I&#39;m not going to leave before you let me. I&#39;m tired, cranky and you&#39;re pissing me off, so let me just see him before I do something that would make you regret that you didn&#39;t let me see him.&quot;      Now he just looked more scared but he opened the door to let me in and told me the way to Theodore&#39;s room, which I practically ran to.      When I got there Theodore were sitting on the couch watching a movie, which he stopped watching when I came in. I didn&#39;t say anything and I didn&#39;t want to hear him say anything, all I did was to just ran to him and kissed him. Feeling his lips against my own was something I had wanted to feel since that day on the concert, and now I was feeling them. And it felt great.      Words didn&#39;t need to describe how we were both feeling then. Nothing mattered. Not his parents, not my friend and not    our age different.    ]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div style="text-align: center"><img src="http://bloggfiler.no/loveandwar.blogg.no/images/715129-11-1274929160729.jpg" alt="" /><br /><em>Word count: 2308</em><br /></div><br /><div align="center"> </div><div align="left"><strong> [Bert]</strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Good night, Bergen! We&#39;ll see you next time!&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> I hugged Quinn and left the stage. That concert was one of the best concerts we ever had! First time in Norway, the crowd was awesome and there was a really, [i]really[i] hot guy in the first row! He had black hair with green bangs, he wore eyeliner -- which is hot -- and when I got eye contact with him I could see that his eyes were dark brown, almost black. If I ever saw him again, I would totally be all over him.</strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Did you see that hot guy in the first row?&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> I sat down on the couch beside Quinn and threw my head back. I was tired and my feet was killing me. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;That one you never took your eyes off? Yeah, I saw him.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Hey! I did take my eyes off him!&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> Ok, I lied, I didn&#39;t take my eyes off him, I tried, but I couldn&#39;t. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;If you did, can you tell me which color the guy beside him had on his t-shirt? It&#39;s a color you can&#39;t hardly forget.&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> Busted! </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Uh, black?&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> That made Quinn laugh and yelled for Jeph; </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Hey Jeph?&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> Jeph turned from where he had been talking to someone and looked at us. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Yeah?&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Do you remember what color that guy beside that guy with the green bangs had on his t-shirt?&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> Jeph laughed and walked over to us. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;How can I not remember? It was hot pink for fucks sakes! Please don&#39;t tell me that you&#39;ve already forgot?&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> Quinn looked at me and smiled. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;No, I remember, but Bert didn&#39;t notice.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;WHAT?! You didn&#39;t see that guy in the hot pink t-shirt?&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> Jeph just looked at me, shocked that I didn&#39;t remember it, and then he just started laughing.</strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Come on, Bert! He was wearing a hot pink t-shirt in a crowd with mostly black t-shirts and tops! Anyone with eyes would have notice. Where were yours?&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> I was about to answerer that, but Quinn got there first. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;His eyes were glued to that guy with the green bangs.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Ok, fine. They were! He was hot, ok?!&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> Jeph sat down and patted my back. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Someone is having a crush on a fan. Seriously, he didn&#39;t look more than 16 years, which means that he&#39;s over ten years younger than you.&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> That made Quinn, Jeph and some other people who were listening to our conversation laugh. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Oh come on! I&#39;m not having a crush on him. It&#39;s not like I would ever see him again, so can we just let it go. I&#39;m going to take a shower, then I&#39;m going to sleep. Tomorrow is our last day here, and I wanna go out and look around.&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> With that said, I just left them there in the couch, still laughing at me. </strong><br /><br /><strong> [b][b][b][b][b]</strong><br /><br /><strong> We were walking around in town, just looking. We had been to the aquarium and on fløyen, and we hadn&#39;t planned on much else, except eat. We were starving. Thankfully, there weren&#39;t any fans at the aquarium or on fløyen, but as soon we entered McDonald&#39;s, people came running towards us, wanting pictures, autographs and hugs, which we gave them. </strong><br /><br /><strong> When we were almost done, I saw him. He was standing a few meters away, talking with a friend, looking like he didn&#39;t know what was going on. I stopped what I was doing as soon as I saw him, and he stopped talking when he saw me. We just stared at each other, neither one of us doing anything. It wasn&#39;t until Quinn elbowed me that I broke eye contact. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;What&#39;s going on?&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> The people were almost gone, it was just a few of us standing in front if me, waiting for me to come back to earth. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;He&#39;s here. Look!&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> I didn&#39;t want to point at him, so I just tried to point with my eyes, which Quinn thankfully understood. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Oh, right.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> He just looked at me like I was crazy, and then he hit me.</strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;What on earth are you standing here for? Go and talk to him!&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Oh, yeah, and what should I say? It&#39;s not like I can ask him out or something. We&#39;re leaving tomorrow and he&#39;s a lot younger than me.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> Quinn looked at him again, and then at me. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Fine, if you&#39;re not gonna talk to him, then I will. I&#39;m gonna ask him what his name is, how old he is, and if I could get his MSN. Just so you can keep in touch.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> He didn&#39;t let me reply, he just went over to him. I tried not to blush, but it didn&#39;t help much. Jeph were entertaining the rest of the fans, that I didn&#39;t get to say hello to and Dan was ordering our food, so I went over to Jeph and did what I had to do for the fans while waiting for Quinn to come back. </strong><br /><br /><strong> [b][b][b][b][b]</strong><br /><br /><strong> I couldn&#39;t stop thinking about him since I saw him at McDonald&#39;s. The guys knew, and told me that I should try to forget him, but I couldn&#39;t. Quinn had got his name, age and MSN address when he met him. His name was Theodore and he was sixteen years old. He was twelve years younger than me. </strong><br /><br /><strong> I had talked to him on MSN, and we had got to know eachother a bit, other than the basic. I got to know that he played guitar and he wanted to play in a band. He told me he was gay, and that he had had one boyfriend before. He also told me that he thought that I was the most awesome guy in the world! </strong><br /><br /><strong> After two months of talking with him over MSN, we had talked over the phone and seen eachother on webcam, and I couldn&#39;t just forget about him. I tried, but everytime I logged on MSN, he was online, and if he didn&#39;t talk to me, then I talked to him. I couldn&#39;t resist. One day I just had to talk to someone about my feelings for him, because it was so not a crush anymore. </strong><br /><br /><strong> I decided to visit Quinn one day to talk to him and figure out what to do. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Quinn, I really need your help!&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> I sat down on his couch waiting for him to follow me -- which he did -- and started to talk;</strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Do you remember Theodore?&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> Quinn nodded and waited for me to go on. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Well I know you told me to forget about him and move on, but I can&#39;t. I&#39;m still thinking about him, and it&#39;s killing me. I&#39;ve been talking with him for the past few months, and even though I try not to talk to him, I do, and when I&#39;m not talking with him for a few days or so, I can&#39;t get him out of my mind. His voice, his laugh, his eyes, his hair ? everything about him is making me crazy. I know he&#39;s to young for me, but I have to do something. I know this sounds crazy, but I&#39;m falling for him, even though I&#39;ve never really met him.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> I took a deep breath and closed my eyes. I was going insane. I even had several dreams about him, hoping that I would meet him someday. Quinn just looked like he was thinking about something, before he opened his mouth to say something: </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;This is what you&#39;re gonna do. Next time you talk to him, you&#39;re gonna tell him how you&#39;re feeling. Then if he has the same feelings for you, you&#39;re gonna take the first flight to Norway to meet him. Ok?&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> I just smiled at him, thanked him and hugged him, before going back to my place, I was gonna do it. </strong><br /><br /><strong> I called him as soon as I got home, and smiled when Theodore answered, I was just going to get it over with, no sweet talking before I told him.</strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;I need to tell you something, and I don&#39;t want to make it harder than it already is. I like you, a lot. I can&#39;t stop thinking about you, and I want to meet you in person. You make me smile, jump and happy, and you make my heart beat faster than normal. I know that I&#39;m a bit older than you, but I hope that doesn&#39;t ruin my chances with you.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> I was nervous on what he was gonna answerer. What if he didn&#39;t like me? Could I just move on and forget about him? Or would he get mad at me for never talking to me? </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Oh wow. I would have never thought. Yes, I like you too, and yes I want to meet you in person, but my parents would never let me go out with you, and the fact that you live in America doesn&#39;t make it any easier.&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> When he told me that he liked me too I couldn&#39;t stop smiling, and it made me feel like a teenage girl. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;I&#39;m coming to Norway to see you.&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;When?&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;I&#39;m leaving as soon as I hang up. You wanna meet me at the airport? I can text you the time I&#39;m going to be there when I find out.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> There was a silence in the other end, and I hoped that it he hadn&#39;t changed his mind about meeting me. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Yeah, okay, I can do that.&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Okay, so I see you then. Bye.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> I hung up and ran for my bedroom, I had to pack some clothes and other stuff before I left. </strong><br /><br /><strong> [b][b][b][b][b][b]</strong><br /><br /><strong> When I got on the plane I got really nervous. What would his parents do to me? Would they tell him to stay away from me? Would they turn me in? A lot of different thoughts ran trough my head, and I started to wonder if I was doing the right thing. </strong><br /><br /><strong> After a really long trip, sleeping, getting on and off different planes and a lot of thinking I was finally at flesland. My way out of the plane took me a while because of an old lady walking really slow in front of me, but I finally got out. I looked around for Theodore hoping to see him when I walked around a corner. I didn&#39;t though, and I started to wonder if he stood me up. </strong><br /><br /><strong> I decided to call him, to make sure that he had got my text. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Bert I&#39;m sorry! My parents wont let me out of the house! They won&#39;t let me meet a older man all alone. They&#39;re afraid that you&#39;re gonna rape me or kill me or something.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> It sounded like he had been crying and he was sort of whispering, as if he didn&#39;t want his parents to hear. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;That&#39;s okay, I&#39;m old enough to get to your house by myself, just tell me what I&#39;m gonna do, and I&#39;ll be there as soon as I can.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> He told me that I had to take a cab in to town, then just jump on the first bus that said &quot;Øygarden&quot;, and then I would just pay what it would cost me to get to the last stop, and then just sit and wait until I saw a cemetery. When I saw that all I had to do was push the red stop button, get of the bus and go to the first green house I saw. That couldn&#39;t be hard, all I had to do was sit and wait. </strong><br /><br /><strong> It took me three hours just to get to his house, but I was there, and I couldn&#39;t just turn around and go. I didn&#39;t know how to get away from there. I ran the doorbell and waited, hoping that Theodore would answerer, which he didn&#39;t. A man -- probably her father -- opened the door instead. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Hi, who are you?&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> I dried my palm on my jeans before offering my hand for him to shake. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Hi, I&#39;m Bert. I&#39;m here to see Theodore.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> He didn&#39;t take my hand, instead he got this sort of scared look on his face and took a step back, closing that door a bit more too. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;He isn&#39;t home. He&#39;s on vacation.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> Oh please. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;I know that he&#39;s here. I&#39;ve spoken to him today, and I want to see him now. It&#39;s not what you think. I like your son, and I&#39;m not gonna hurt him, just let me see him.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> He didn&#39;t seem to want to listen to me, so he tried to close the door completely. Oh no, he was not going to close that door before I could see Theodore. I sat my foot in front of the door, before he could close the door. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Listen, I have traveled all the way from America just to see your son, and I&#39;m not going to leave before you let me. I&#39;m tired, cranky and you&#39;re pissing me off, so let me just see him before I do something that would make you regret that you didn&#39;t let me see him.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> Now he just looked more scared but he opened the door to let me in and told me the way to Theodore&#39;s room, which I practically ran to. </strong><br /><br /><strong> When I got there Theodore were sitting on the couch watching a movie, which he stopped watching when I came in. I didn&#39;t say anything and I didn&#39;t want to hear him say anything, all I did was to just ran to him and kissed him. Feeling his lips against my own was something I had wanted to feel since that day on the concert, and now I was feeling them. And it felt great. </strong><br /><br /><strong> Words didn&#39;t need to describe how we were both feeling then. Nothing mattered. Not his parents, not my friend and not</strong> <em><strong>our age different.</strong></em> </div>]]></content:encoded>
			<bs:blogid></bs:blogid>
			<bs:blogurl></bs:blogurl>
			<bs:blogname></bs:blogname>
			<bs:itemtitle></bs:itemtitle>
			<bs:image-profile></bs:image-profile>
			<bs:url-profile></bs:url-profile>
			<bs:comments>0</bs:comments>
						<bs:image>http://bloggfiler.no/loveandwar.blogg.no/images/715129-11-1274929160729.jpg</bs:image>
					
		</item>

		
		<item>
			<title>My Love For You</title>
			<pubDate>Mon, 24 May 2010 00:35:50 GMT</pubDate>
			<link>http://loveandwar.blogg.no/1274661350_my_love_for_you.html</link>
			<guid>http://loveandwar.blogg.no/1274661350_my_love_for_you.html</guid>
			<description><![CDATA[    Word count: 927         Brendon,      I&#39;m writing this to you in a letter because I&#39;m to scared to tell you this face to face. I don&#39;t know how you would react, but I hope you won&#39;t hate me for this. I don&#39;t want to ruin or friendship.      The reason I&#39;m so scared to tell you this face to face is because I don&#39;t want to cry in front of you. After you read this letter, don&#39;t contact me in any way, don&#39;t call, text or IM me. If you&#39;re gonna hurt me, don&#39;t do it face to face, just ignore me at school tomorrow, and I&#39;ll know what your answerer is.     I&#39;m ... God, this is hard to say even though I just have to write it. I&#39;m in love with you. Have been for two years now. Ever since you kissed me when we played spin the bottle at my party. Ever since that day it&#39;s been harder and harder for me to be in the same room with you.     I get chills everytime you touch me, everytime you tell me you love me (even though I now that you only love me as your bestfriend and not the way I want you to love me), and I get chills everytime you want to tell me a secret and look into my eyes to make me promise to not tell anyone.      It hurts everytime I see you with your girlfriend, Jessica. It hurts everytime you kiss her and everytime you tell her you love her, because I wish it was me. I try not to cry, but I manage to hold it in because I don&#39;t want to cry in front you you. You&#39;ll ask what&#39;s wrong and I have to tell you because you can tell if I&#39;m lying.      You take my breath away everytime you come out of the bathroom in nothing but boxers, thinking that I wouldn&#39;t care. I sit outside the bathroom door everytime I hear you sing in the shower, your voice is beautiful, and sometimes I wish you would sing for me, only me.      You make me feel like I&#39;m the luckiest girl in the world when I&#39;m upset and you lie down in bed with me, holding me and telling me that everything will be okay.      You made my heart skip a beat when you held my hand at the doctors office when she said that she was going to take some blood samples. You know how afraid I am if needles.      You were (still are) my hero when you beat up that older guy in school because he pushed me down the stair and I broke my foot. Even though you got a month of detention you said that it didn&#39;t bother you because you would never let a person who hurt me get away with it.      I love falling asleep when you&#39;re laying in bed with me, holding me, stroking my hair and just talking to me until I fall asleep. Sometimes you start to sing when you think I&#39;m asleep. It&#39;s your voice that makes me fall asleep in the end.      I get butterflies in my stomach everytime you smile at me, you have that special smile just for me. Your smile are different when you smile to anybody else. I don&#39;t know if that&#39;s a good or a bad thing, but I sure hope it&#39;s a good thing.      I remember that one time when we were at that carnival. It was me, you, Jessica and a couple of other of our friends. Jessica was clinging to your arm (which made me sick, by the way), and she was asking you to win something for her. You played a couple of games, and you won a small teddybear an a big teddybear. I was sure you were going to give them both to Jessica, but you surprised me (and her) when you gave her that small one and me the biggest one. I was so happy, because I love teddybears and because you made me feel special when you gave it to me instead of your own girlfriend. I wanted to kiss you at that moment, but I had to talk myself out of it.      Everytime you introduce me to someone, you&#39;re not just say my name and then you&#39;re done, you hug me and tell them this;      &quot;This is my bestfriend Karina. She&#39;s the coolest, sweetest and nicest girl I know.&quot;      I get so happy when you do that, I just want to jump up and down and scream. I know it&#39;s not a big deal, but compared to the way you introduce Jessica as &quot;Jessica, my girlfriend&quot;, I can&#39;t help but feel like I&#39;m your girlfriend instead.      Well, I got to go now. I just wanted to let you know how I feel. It&#39;s hard for me to tell you this, but I feel like I have to, because I can&#39;t stand having all those feelings inside of me. You&#39;re making me crazy, but still I want you so bad. I want you to be my bestfriend and boyfriend. I want you to introduce me as your girlfriend Karina, and I want to kiss you whenever I feel like it. I want to hold you to prove to everyone else that you&#39;re mine. I want you to sing when you know I can hear it, I want you to sing for me. And I want you to say the words &quot;I love you&quot; because you love me as your girlfriend, not your bestfriend.     I love you     - Karina.     ]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div align="center"><img src="http://bloggfiler.no/loveandwar.blogg.no/images/715129-11-1277086676320.jpg" alt="" /><br /><em>Word count: 927</em><br /><br /></div><div align="center"><div align="left"> <strong> Brendon, </strong><br /><br /><strong> I&#39;m writing this to you in a letter because I&#39;m to scared to tell you this face to face. I don&#39;t know how you would react, but I hope you won&#39;t hate me for this. I don&#39;t want to ruin or friendship. </strong><br /><br /><strong> The reason I&#39;m so scared to tell you this face to face is because I don&#39;t want to cry in front of you. After you read this letter, don&#39;t contact me in any way, don&#39;t call, text or IM me. If you&#39;re gonna hurt me, don&#39;t do it face to face, just ignore me at school tomorrow, and I&#39;ll know what your answerer is.</strong><br /><br /><strong> I&#39;m ... God, this is hard to say even though I just have to write it. I&#39;m in love with you. Have been for two years now. Ever since you kissed me when we played spin the bottle at my party. Ever since that day it&#39;s been harder and harder for me to be in the same room with you.</strong><br /><br /><strong> I get chills everytime you touch me, everytime you tell me you love me (even though I now that you only love me as your bestfriend and not the way I want you to love me), and I get chills everytime you want to tell me a secret and look into my eyes to make me promise to not tell anyone. </strong><br /><br /><strong> It hurts everytime I see you with your girlfriend, Jessica. It hurts everytime you kiss her and everytime you tell her you love her, because I wish it was me. I try not to cry, but I manage to hold it in because I don&#39;t want to cry in front you you. You&#39;ll ask what&#39;s wrong and I have to tell you because you can tell if I&#39;m lying. </strong><br /><br /><strong> You take my breath away everytime you come out of the bathroom in nothing but boxers, thinking that I wouldn&#39;t care. I sit outside the bathroom door everytime I hear you sing in the shower, your voice is beautiful, and sometimes I wish you would sing for me, only me. </strong><br /><br /><strong> You make me feel like I&#39;m the luckiest girl in the world when I&#39;m upset and you lie down in bed with me, holding me and telling me that everything will be okay. </strong><br /><br /><strong> You made my heart skip a beat when you held my hand at the doctors office when she said that she was going to take some blood samples. You know how afraid I am if needles. </strong><br /><br /><strong> You were (still are) my hero when you beat up that older guy in school because he pushed me down the stair and I broke my foot. Even though you got a month of detention you said that it didn&#39;t bother you because you would never let a person who hurt me get away with it. </strong><br /><br /><strong> I love falling asleep when you&#39;re laying in bed with me, holding me, stroking my hair and just talking to me until I fall asleep. Sometimes you start to sing when you think I&#39;m asleep. It&#39;s your voice that makes me fall asleep in the end. </strong><br /><br /><strong> I get butterflies in my stomach everytime you smile at me, you have that special smile just for me. Your smile are different when you smile to anybody else. I don&#39;t know if that&#39;s a good or a bad thing, but I sure hope it&#39;s a good thing. </strong><br /><br /><strong> I remember that one time when we were at that carnival. It was me, you, Jessica and a couple of other of our friends. Jessica was clinging to your arm (which made me sick, by the way), and she was asking you to win something for her. You played a couple of games, and you won a small teddybear an a big teddybear. I was sure you were going to give them both to Jessica, but you surprised me (and her) when you gave her that small one and me the biggest one. I was so happy, because I love teddybears and because you made me feel special when you gave it to me instead of your own girlfriend. I wanted to kiss you at that moment, but I had to talk myself out of it. </strong><br /><br /><strong> Everytime you introduce me to someone, you&#39;re not just say my name and then you&#39;re done, you hug me and tell them this; </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;This is my bestfriend Karina. She&#39;s the coolest, sweetest and nicest girl I know.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> I get so happy when you do that, I just want to jump up and down and scream. I know it&#39;s not a big deal, but compared to the way you introduce Jessica as &quot;Jessica, my girlfriend&quot;, I can&#39;t help but feel like I&#39;m your girlfriend instead. </strong><br /><br /><strong> Well, I got to go now. I just wanted to let you know how I feel. It&#39;s hard for me to tell you this, but I feel like I have to, because I can&#39;t stand having all those feelings inside of me. You&#39;re making me crazy, but still I want you so bad. I want you to be my bestfriend and boyfriend. I want you to introduce me as your girlfriend Karina, and I want to kiss you whenever I feel like it. I want to hold you to prove to everyone else that you&#39;re mine. I want you to sing when you know I can hear it, I want you to sing for me. And I want you to say the words &quot;I love you&quot; because you love me as your girlfriend, not your bestfriend. </strong><br /><br /><strong>I love you</strong><br /><br /><strong> - Karina. </strong></div> </div>]]></content:encoded>
			<bs:blogid></bs:blogid>
			<bs:blogurl></bs:blogurl>
			<bs:blogname></bs:blogname>
			<bs:itemtitle></bs:itemtitle>
			<bs:image-profile></bs:image-profile>
			<bs:url-profile></bs:url-profile>
			<bs:comments>1</bs:comments>
						<bs:image>http://bloggfiler.no/loveandwar.blogg.no/images/715129-11-1277086676320.jpg</bs:image>
					
		</item>

		
		<item>
			<title>The Perfect Prom Date</title>
			<pubDate>Mon, 10 May 2010 18:52:34 GMT</pubDate>
			<link>http://loveandwar.blogg.no/1273517554_the_perfect_prom_date.html</link>
			<guid>http://loveandwar.blogg.no/1273517554_the_perfect_prom_date.html</guid>
			<description><![CDATA[    Word count: 4339         [Frank]    &quot;Frank, get the hell out of bed, you&#39;re gonna be late!&quot;    I opened my eyes as Karina came running into our room, drying her black messy hair with just a towel around her body.   &quot;I&#39;m coming!&quot;   I closed my eyes again and turned around listening to Karina run back and forth from the closet to the mirror, getting ready for school.    &quot;No, get up now Frank!&quot;    She pulled off my sheet. I sighed, got up and went to the bathroom to take a quick shower. Every morning was the same, Karina was up bright and early, making breakfast for us and taking a shower before making me get out of bed, so I wouldn&#39;t be late. Every since our parents died, she has been acting like my mother. It&#39;s not like I don&#39;t appreciate it, it&#39;s just that it can be a little annoying sometimes.    I finished my shower and wrapped a towel around myself before walking into our bedroom to find Karina pulling a Good Charlotte t-shirt over her head. When she saw me she smiled and threw a Brokencyde t-shirt to me.    &quot;It&#39;s the only one clean, I have to do the laundry later.&quot;    I just smiled at her before I pulled it over before finding my tight black jeans that I wore the day before. We continued getting ready, I put on some eyeliner which I smudged, making it look like I slept with it or something.    &quot;So Karina, found a date to the prom yet?&quot;    She turned to me, her hairspray in one hand and a comb in the other.    &quot;Yeah, Gabe asked me yesterday.&quot;    Gabe Saporta was one of my bestfriends who have had a crush on Karina for ages, everybody knew it, even Karina did, but she didn&#39;t want to do anything about it. She wanted Gabe to be brave enough to ask her. And yesterday he did. With a lot of help from his friends and fans, who apparently also knew about his crush. Oh yeah, Gabe and four other friends play in this really awesome band called Cobra Starship.    &quot;That&#39;s awesome! I&#39;m glad he finally asked you out. It took him eight years.&quot;    She smiled, finishing her makeup and hair.    &quot;Yeah, I know. So, have you found a date to prom?&quot;    &quot;Haha. As if I would get a date. It&#39;s not like I can pick anyone I want. I don&#39;t think I&#39;m going.&quot;    &quot;Why not Frank. Come on, I&#39;m sure someone in school want to go with you. You&#39;re one of the hottest guys in school! The girls love you!&quot;    &quot;Yeah, the girls love me. That doesn&#39;t help me much, does it?&quot;    Unless one of those girls were a boy in disguise, I wouldn&#39;t get a prom date.    &quot;Oh come on! I&#39;m sure that at least one guy at school would love to take you to prom.&quot;    &quot;I doubt it.&quot;    &quot;Just wait and see, the perfect prom date will soon pop out right in front of you. Now let&#39;s go and eat something before Ray shows up.&quot;    ~{bd}~{bd}~{bd}~{bd}~{bd}~   School was just the same as always, we arrive in Ray&#39;s car, we meet up with our other friends and then we go to class. My first period, which I had together with Karina and Gabe was History Boring. I tend to sleep in that class, just to get the sleep I didn&#39;t get the night before and prepare for music, which was my second period and my favorite subject.    Five minutes in the period I head the speakers getting turned on and the principle speak;    &quot;Frank Iero, will you please report in my office immediately.&quot;    I sat up when I heard my name. What the fuck? I haven&#39;t done anything wrong. There where a bunch of &quot;ooooh&#39;s&quot; around in the classroom and I even heard someone say; &quot;That&#39;s what you get for sleeping in class.&quot; and then laughter.    I stood up, packed my things and headed for the door. As I passed Karina she gave me a questioning look. I just gave her the same look back and left. I really hope I didn&#39;t get called in because I sleep in class. I didn&#39;t think the teacher ever saw me, she&#39;s almost blind for fucks sakes. She can hardly write a single word down on the board and she can&#39;t read. I don&#39;t know why the fuck she became a teacher.    As I arrived at the principles office I knocked gently before opening the door, sticking my head inside to let him know that I was there.    &quot;Ah, Mr. Iero, you&#39;re here. Great, just come in and take a seat.&quot;    I went in noticing the scary looking guy sitting on a chair in front of the desk. I took a seat beside him, smiling at him when he smiled at me.    &quot;This is Gerard Way, he&#39;s a new student here. I like you, Mr. Iero to show him around, making Mr. Way feel welcome at this school. Introduce him to your friends, show him to his classes, get to know him. Do everything so that he won&#39;t feel left out. Do that, and I&#39;ll let you off the hook for sleeping in class. Just because Mrs. West can&#39;t see you sleep, doesn&#39;t mean she can&#39;t hear you snore and hear the other students laugh.&quot;    That made Gerard laugh and say;    &quot;Busted.&quot;    He excused himself, and left, still laughing.    &quot;Don&#39;t worry. I&#39;ll make him feel welcome at this school, I won&#39;t disappoint you.&quot;    I smiled at him and left, meeting Gerard outside the office.    &quot;So, what&#39;s your first class today, Mr. Way?&quot;    He playfully smacked my arm as he looked trough all his paper and stuff.    &quot;History. Ugh, I hate that. I used to sleep in that class back at my old school.&quot;    &quot;You&#39;re kidding me right?&quot;    He gave me a confused look as I grabbed his arm and jumped with a huge smile on my face.    &quot;That&#39;s the same class as I have, and that&#39;s the period I use to sleep in! Mrs. West is nearly blind, and even though she knows I sleep in class, and have told the principle I wont get into any trouble as long as I entertain you. Now come on.&quot;   I grabbed is arm and ran for the classroom. As soon as I got inside I jumped once again.    &quot;I got a sleeping partner!&quot;    I ran to my seat behind a laughing Karina and sat down, leaving Gerard really embarrassed in the door way.    &quot;This is Gerard Way everyone and he&#39;s a new student here, be nice to him, if I see one scratch on him, and he tells me that someone in this school made it, I will personally hit your head with my guitar.&quot;    The whole class started laughing at a very red Gerard.   &quot;Welcome to our school Mr. Way, don&#39;t mind Mr. Iero, he&#39;s the youngest in this class, obviously. Please take a seat behind Mr. Saporta.&quot;   &quot;Hey! I&#39;m only the youngest by seven minutes!&quot;    Gerard sat down, still a little embarrassed as Karina turned to me.    &quot;You know, it could easily be mistaken for seven years.&quot;    That made both Gabe and Gerard laugh and me hit her. I was about to reply but she turned away from me and turned to Gerard instead, offering her hand for him to shake.    &quot;Hi, I&#39;m Karina Iero, Frank&#39;s older sister.&quot;    ~{bd}~{bd}~{bd}~{bd}~{bd}~   &quot;So Gerard, what&#39;s your next class?&quot;    Gerard looked at trough his papers until he found what he was looking for.    &quot;Music.&quot;   I looked at Karina and Gabe who apparently didn&#39;t hear anything since they were to busy making out.    &quot;That&#39;s our class too. Along with the rest of our friends.&quot;    All of my friends had music together, which is awesome.    &quot;That&#39;s so cool. Do you all play instruments or do some of you sing?&quot;    &quot;I play the guitar, so do Karina and Gabe sings. What do you play?&quot;    He stopped by his locker, to but some books inside and turned to me afterwards.    &quot;I sing. I suck at instrument.&quot;   &quot;Don&#39;t say that! You just need practice. Bert sings to. He is really good. You&#39;ll meat him when we get to class.&quot;    When Karina and Gabe finally knew that they were never gonna be on time for class if they were gonna make out all the way, we left for the classroom. Gerard was kinda cool. I mean, he looked really scary, but he totally wasn&#39;t.    When we finally got to the classroom, Ray, Bob, Victoria, Nate, Ryland, Alex and Jeph was there, along with Bert and Quinn, who was making out. They were all talking, playing and laughing when we came, but they all (well, except Quinn and Bert) gave me a hug when they saw me and gave me a confused look when they saw Gerard, trying to hide behind me, but didn&#39;t succeed because I&#39;m so little.    &quot;This is Gerard Way, my new sleeping partner.&quot;    Gerard hit me in the arm, and tried to give me an angry look. It didn&#39;t work though.    &quot;Dude, you gotta stop saying that.&quot;    I just smirked and watched him turn to everyone else and smile.    &quot;I&#39;m Gerard, and I&#39;m new here ...&quot;    I just left him there getting to know my other friends while I went over to Quinn and Bert to get my hug. They didn&#39;t notice me when I sat down besides Quinn.    &quot;Hey! Will you two stop making out and give me my hug already!&quot;    They both pulled away and looked at me, but they didn&#39;t give me a hug.    &quot;Please?&quot;    I put on the sweetest smile I could manage which I knew they couldn&#39;t resist. I was right, because seconds later, I got my hug.    &quot;Guys, I need your help.&quot;    &quot;For what?&quot;    I hopped on Bert&#39;s lap and sighed.    &quot;I need a date for the prom. I&#39;m the only one in the gang, that doesn&#39;t have a date.&quot;    That made both of them laugh.    &quot;And what do you need our help for?&quot;    &quot;Well, you&#39;re both gay, turn on your gaydar and find me a date.&quot;    &quot;What about your own gaydar?&quot;    &quot;It doesn&#39;t work.&quot;    They laughed once again, and I left them to find my seat as the teacher came.    ~{bd}~{bd}~{bd}~{bd}~{bd}~   Friday night, two days after Gerard started in our school, we were all hanging out at his house, his parents and brother were in New York picking up the rest of their stuff and wouldn&#39;t be back until the day after.    The girls, Karina and Victoria was in sitting curled up in a couch talking about something we didn&#39;t understand. It was something about who&#39;s the cutest boy in Harry Potter, Karina thought Draco and Victoria thought Harry. I had to agree with Karina, but I didn&#39;t interrupt their conversation, I was too busy playing the sims three on Gerard&#39;s laptop. I had made a guy named Frank Iero, and he was really, really poor. He lived in a small house with only the things he needed, and it wasn&#39;t the best, but it worked until he got some money to buy something new. His lifetime wish was to be a rockstar, and that was what I tried to make him. I just only got him a job in the music business and bough him a guitar, so all he needed to do was practice.    &quot;What are you doing?&quot;    Gerard came and sat down on the couch beside me.    &quot;I&#39;m playing the sims three. It&#39;s really fun.&quot;    Gerard laughed.    &quot;I know! I have made a sim named Gerard Way. He&#39;s gonna be an rockstar.&quot;   That made me laugh. We were so much alike.   &quot;I made a sim named Frank Iero, and he&#39;s also gonna be a rockstar!&quot;    We both laughed as everyone turned to look at us. We ignored them, and continued playing and talking for a while until sim Frank met sim Gerard in the park. They got to know each other, becoming bestfriends fast. Then I made Frank ask if Gerard was single, which he was. They talked for a bit longer, before the strangest thing happened. As I looked trough Frank&#39;s wishes, there was a picture of sim Gerard with lips on. I read what it was about and it said; &quot;Kiss Gerard for the first time&quot;. What? They hadn&#39;t done anything besides talking and telling jokes, and now he wanted to kiss him? I looked at Gerard and he had the weirdest look on his face, which I couldn&#39;t read.    &quot;Make him do it Frank.&quot;   I didn&#39;t say anything, but I did as he said, and made sim Frank kiss sim Gerard. Which sim Gerard didn&#39;t say no to. They kissed and it made me get this feeling in the pit of my stomach and a lot of questions ran trough my head. What if that was me and Gerard sometime? Would Gerard kiss me back? What if he didn&#39;t, would I get hurt?    I had paused the game, not noticing Karina talking to me.    &quot;Frank, what&#39;s wrong?&quot;    I looked up at her and smiled at her concerned face.    &quot;Nothing, I&#39;m fine. I was just thinking.&quot;    Gerard wasn&#39;t sitting beside me anymore, and he wasn&#39;t in the room either. Maybe he got the same feeling I did?   &quot;We&#39;re playing spin the bottle, wanna join? We&#39;re starting when Gerard is back from the bathroom.&quot;    They didn&#39;t need to ask me one more time, because I would join no matter what. We always played spin the bottle, and I loved it.    &quot;Yeah, sure.&quot;    I exited the game and closed the laptop just in time for Gerard to come back. We sat down beside each other, and Karina sat down beside me.    &quot;So, me and Victoria was talking about something earlier. We want to change the rules a bit. Instead of the usual spin-the-bottle-and-make-them-do-something-funny rules, we&#39;re going to kiss the one the bottle points at for as many minutes this dice says.&quot;    &quot;What?! There is no way I&#39;m kissing anyone in here. You&#39;re all my friends.&quot;    The rest of the boys agreed with me, but the girls kept pushing us until everyone but me agreed.    &quot;What do you say Frank. It could be fun.&quot;    I thought about it. Yes, it could be fun, besides it didn&#39;t mean anything. It was just a game of spin the bottle.    &quot;Okay, fine, but I&#39;m not under any circumstances kissing Karina. If I spin and the bottle points at her, I get to spin again and if she spins and the bottle points on me, she gets to spin again.&quot;    They all agreed to that. I don&#39;t think anyone wanted to see us kiss. We&#39;re twins for fucks sakes. Karina started the game and the bottle landed on Alex who threw the dice and got two, which meant that Karina had to kiss him for two minutes. Karina crawled over to him, cupped his face and kissed him, without even asking him if it was okay for him. When the two minutes passed and Karina got back to her seat beside me, Alex was out of breath so it took him thirty seconds to recover before he could spin the bottle. When he did, it landed on Bert.    We had played for about twenty minutes when it finally was my turn. I had to kiss Ray for three minutes before I could spin it, it went around for a bit before it landed on Gerard. oh boy. Gerard took the dice and rolled it. I held my breath until it stopped, why was I so nervous? When it finally stopped and I looked the the number, my eyes almost popped out. It stopped on six! I was gonna kiss Gerard for six minutes. Shit.    I took a deep breath before turning towards Gerard, who were already looking at me, we just looked at each other for a while, not doing anything.    &quot;Will you two just kiss already!&quot;    They didn&#39;t need to ask us one more time, we slowly moved towards each other. I looked between his hazel colored eyes and his pink lips, trying to decide if I should keep my eyes open or closed. I decided to keep them open.    When our lips finally touched my body just froze. Our lips were barely touching and neither of us moved. We just looked into each others eyes. After probably a minute or so, I decided to take the kiss further. I cupped his cheek and started to move my lips against his, which he returned a second later. He deepened the kiss, trying to get his tongue into my mouth. I didn&#39;t protest and opened my mouth a bit for him to get his tongue inside. When our tongues met, all my worries left my body, and I just concentrated on taking control. I cupped his face in both my hands and moved to sit on his lap, pressing my tongue down in his throat, making him moan. It was really low, I could barely hear it, but I still heard it and it made me smile into the kiss. I was about to let him taking control when;    &quot;Okay guys, times up!&quot;   Fuck!   I pulled myself off him and sat back on my seat out of breath to play the rest of the game. Our kiss wasn&#39;t mentioned once the rest of the night.    ~{bd}~{bd}~{bd}~{bd}~{bd}~   &quot;Frank, wake up.&quot;    I opened my eyes to see Karina laying on her side on her bed facing me.    &quot;What time is it?&quot;    I yawned and tried to find my cellphone in the dark.    &quot;It&#39;s five thirty.&quot;    &quot;Why did you wake me this damn early? I could still sleep for an hour or so.&quot;   &quot;I just wanted to talk.&quot;   &quot;About what?&quot;    I rubbed my eyes and sat up a bit, so that my upper half of my back was leaning against the headboard.    &quot;About you and Gerard.&quot;    &quot;What about us?&quot;    &quot;Oh come on! Don&#39;t you think I know? You like him Frank. Ever since you kissed on Friday, you&#39;ve been all spaced out, and I&#39;ve seen what you&#39;ve been doing on sims. You&#39;ve been making two sims, one named Gerard Way and one named Frank Iero, you&#39;ve made them a couple, got them married and adopted a child!&quot;   Fuck. She wasn&#39;t suppose to see that.    &quot;Okay fine. Maybe I do like him a little, but what can I do? He&#39;s not gay!&quot;    She just smirked and got out of bed.    &quot;I don&#39;t know what you can do, you have to figure that out your self. Now come on, I&#39;m gonna make us some hot chocolate before we get ready.    ~{bd}~{bd}~{bd}~{bd}~{bd}~   When we got to school, Quinn and Bert came running towards me just as I stepped out of the car. They gripped one arm each and carried me behind a three and looked at me.    &quot;We found you&#39;re perfect prom date.&quot;   I just started at them. They found me a prom date in this school? Oh wow.    &quot;Who?&quot;    They looked at each other and nodded before turning to me and said at the same time;    &quot;Gerard.&quot;    &quot;He&#39;s gay?!&quot;    &quot;Yup. All you have to do is ask him to the prom, and here he comes, good luck.&quot;    They ran before I got a chance to reply and I turned to walk the other way when I crashed into Gerard. Oh fuck.   &quot;H-Hi Gerard.&quot;    I gave him a hug, pretending that nothing was wrong, he didn&#39;t hug me back, so I knew something was wrong.   &quot;Hi Frank. Listen, I need to talk to you.&quot;    I looked up at him. His eyes were nearly black now, and he didn&#39;t smile like he usually did.    &quot;Okay, about what?&quot;    I took a deep breath. He&#39;s probably gonna say that nothing will ever happen between us, and that our kiss didn&#39;t mean anything.    &quot;Our kiss&quot;    He opened his mouth to continue, but I didn&#39;t let him. I knew it.    &quot;I know, it didn&#39;t mean anything.&quot;    &quot;But ...&quot;    &quot;No, I know nothing will ever happen between us, even though I kinda like you and was going to ask you to the prom. Forget it, I&#39;m going.&quot;    I turned to leave, not giving him a chance to say something. I started to walk away when I was forcefully turned around and his lips crashed against mine.   &quot;I like you too, and I would love to go to prom with you.&quot;    I smiled and hugged him. Karina was right; the perfect prom date did pop out right in front of me.    ~{bd}~{bd}~{bd}~{bd}~{bd}~   Later that night, me and Gerard was sitting on the couch in my apartment watching a movie and eating popcorn. Karina had left us alone saying that she was gonna go over to Gabe&#39;s house to &quot;study&quot;. I had my head on Gerard&#39;s chest and he had his arm around me, it was pretty quiet until;    &quot;Karina told me what you did in sims.&quot;    I sat up and looked at him.    &quot;She did what?!&quot;    I was embarrassed now, no one was suppose to know about that!    &quot;Relax, I think it&#39;s cute.&quot;    He kissed my cheek and made me lay back on his chest.    &quot;It&#39;s so easy, you know. Becoming a couple on sims. All they have to do is get to know each other, flirt a bit, then kiss. After that they flirt a bit more, then one of them propose and they get married. I wish it went that fast in real life.&quot;    &quot;Well, it is a game, but it can happen fast in real life too. It took us only five days to get together, it could&#39;ve taken longer if it hadn&#39;t been for the kiss.&quot;    &quot;I know, I&#39;m kinda happy that I agreed to play.&quot;    &quot;Yeah, me too.&quot;    He kissed me gently, before looking at the TV again, watching the movie.    ~{bd}~{bd}~{bd}~{bd}~{bd}~   It was the night of the prom, and I was freaking out. I didn&#39;t know what I was going to wear or how to do my hair. I needed help. I ran to our room to find Karina and Victoria stand in front of the mirror looking at different dresses and shoes.    &quot;I need your help. I don&#39;t know what to do!&quot;    I wanted to look perfect for Gerard, and if I dressed myself I would never look perfect. Karina looked at me, studying me, thinking about something.    &quot;Wait here, I know what you could wear.&quot;   She left the room and came back a minute later with a suit in her arms. Dad&#39;s suit.   &quot;Karina, I can&#39;t wear that. That&#39;s dad&#39;s suit. It&#39;s too big for me.&quot;   &quot;This is the suit dad wore to prom when mom was his date. It&#39;s kinda funny actually, because mom was a new student at school, and dad was the one who had to show her around. They became really close very fast, and their first kiss was in a game of spin the bottle. They had only known each other for two days when that happened, and they got together tree days after that. Does that sound a little familiar?&quot;    It did actually. They got together in the same way me and Gerard did, and Karina wanted me to wear dad&#39;s suite just to make it even more special.   &quot;It does. How did you know all of this?&quot;    She handed me the suit and sat down on her bed.    &quot;Mom told be two days before they died. She also told me that that prom was the day we were made.&quot;   &quot;So you mean that mom and dad ...&quot;   &quot;Were only sixteen when we were born. Or, dad had turned seventeen, but still.&quot;    &quot;So does that mean that me and Gerard are gonna have sex tonight?&quot;    That made both Karina and Victoria laugh.    &quot;Well, it&#39;s all up to you.&quot;    They both left the room for me to get ready.   ~{bd}~{bd}~{bd}~{bd}~{bd}~   The prom actually went really well, me and Gerard was dancing the whole night, we only stopped when the principle got on stage to announce the king and queen.    &quot;Hello everyone. I hope you all have a good time. You all know that this is the time where I announce the prom king and queen, but I won&#39;t be announcing any queen tonight. For the past week a bunch of girls have been to my office asking me to not announce any queen, but two kings instead. I wasn&#39;t going to do it, until I saw why they asked me to do it, so I&#39;m gonna open this envelope and announce both kings at the same time.&quot;    People were all whispering amongst themselves, wondering who it would be. It was kinda weird having two kings, and not a queen.    &quot;Frank Iero and Gerard Way.&quot;    I looked up as I heard my name. People were cheering, clapping and waiting for us to get on stage to get our crowns. Oh my god.    Gerard took my hand and pulled me on stage where one of the teachers stood placing the crown on our heads.    &quot;Congratulations. Now, you&#39;ll get the dance floor for yourself.&quot;    Now it was my time to pull Gerard with me to the middle of the dance floor to get our spotlight dance. It was perfect. We would look into each others eyes, and smile at each other. Not caring who was watching.    &quot;You know what Frank. This may be too soon to say, but I don&#39;t care, because I&#39;ve never been so sure in my life. I love you.&quot;    Time stopped and all I could see was Gerard looking down on me smiling sweetly at me and without thinking I opened my mouth and said;    &quot;I love you too.&quot;    ]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div style="text-align: center"><img src="http://bloggfiler.no/loveandwar.blogg.no/images/715129-7-1273517515622.jpg" alt="" /><br /><em>Word count: 4339</em><br /></div><br /><br /> <div id="text-content"> <strong>[Frank] <br /><br /> &quot;Frank, get the hell out of bed, you&#39;re gonna be late!&quot; <br /><br /> I opened my eyes as Karina came running into our room, drying her black messy hair with just a towel around her body.<br /><br /> &quot;I&#39;m coming!&quot;<br /><br /> I closed my eyes again and turned around listening to Karina run back and forth from the closet to the mirror, getting ready for school. <br /><br /> &quot;No, get up now Frank!&quot; <br /><br /> She pulled off my sheet. I sighed, got up and went to the bathroom to take a quick shower. Every morning was the same, Karina was up bright and early, making breakfast for us and taking a shower before making me get out of bed, so I wouldn&#39;t be late. Every since our parents died, she has been acting like my mother. It&#39;s not like I don&#39;t appreciate it, it&#39;s just that it can be a little annoying sometimes. <br /><br /> I finished my shower and wrapped a towel around myself before walking into our bedroom to find Karina pulling a Good Charlotte t-shirt over her head. When she saw me she smiled and threw a Brokencyde t-shirt to me. <br /><br /> &quot;It&#39;s the only one clean, I have to do the laundry later.&quot; <br /><br /> I just smiled at her before I pulled it over before finding my tight black jeans that I wore the day before. We continued getting ready, I put on some eyeliner which I smudged, making it look like I slept with it or something. <br /><br /> &quot;So Karina, found a date to the prom yet?&quot; <br /><br /> She turned to me, her hairspray in one hand and a comb in the other. <br /><br /> &quot;Yeah, Gabe asked me yesterday.&quot; <br /><br /> Gabe Saporta was one of my bestfriends who have had a crush on Karina for ages, everybody knew it, even Karina did, but she didn&#39;t want to do anything about it. She wanted Gabe to be brave enough to ask her. And yesterday he did. With a lot of help from his friends and fans, who apparently also knew about his crush. Oh yeah, Gabe and four other friends play in this really awesome band called Cobra Starship. <br /><br /> &quot;That&#39;s awesome! I&#39;m glad he finally asked you out. It took him eight years.&quot; <br /><br /> She smiled, finishing her makeup and hair. <br /><br /> &quot;Yeah, I know. So, have you found a date to prom?&quot; <br /><br /> &quot;Haha. As if I would get a date. It&#39;s not like I can pick anyone I want. I don&#39;t think I&#39;m going.&quot; <br /><br /> &quot;Why not Frank. Come on, I&#39;m sure someone in school want to go with you. You&#39;re one of the hottest guys in school! The girls love you!&quot; <br /><br /> &quot;Yeah, the girls love me. That doesn&#39;t help me much, does it?&quot; <br /><br /> Unless one of those girls were a boy in disguise, I wouldn&#39;t get a prom date. <br /><br /> &quot;Oh come on! I&#39;m sure that at least one guy at school would love to take you to prom.&quot; <br /><br /> &quot;I doubt it.&quot; <br /><br /> &quot;Just wait and see, the perfect prom date will soon pop out right in front of you. Now let&#39;s go and eat something before Ray shows up.&quot; <br /><br /> ~{bd}~{bd}~{bd}~{bd}~{bd}~<br /><br /> School was just the same as always, we arrive in Ray&#39;s car, we meet up with our other friends and then we go to class. My first period, which I had together with Karina and Gabe was History Boring. I tend to sleep in that class, just to get the sleep I didn&#39;t get the night before and prepare for music, which was my second period and my favorite subject. <br /><br /> Five minutes in the period I head the speakers getting turned on and the principle speak; <br /><br /> &quot;Frank Iero, will you please report in my office immediately.&quot; <br /><br /> I sat up when I heard my name. What the fuck? I haven&#39;t done anything wrong. There where a bunch of &quot;ooooh&#39;s&quot; around in the classroom and I even heard someone say; &quot;That&#39;s what you get for sleeping in class.&quot; and then laughter. <br /><br /> I stood up, packed my things and headed for the door. As I passed Karina she gave me a questioning look. I just gave her the same look back and left. I really hope I didn&#39;t get called in because I sleep in class. I didn&#39;t think the teacher ever saw me, she&#39;s almost blind for fucks sakes. She can hardly write a single word down on the board and she can&#39;t read. I don&#39;t know why the fuck she became a teacher. <br /><br /> As I arrived at the principles office I knocked gently before opening the door, sticking my head inside to let him know that I was there. <br /><br /> &quot;Ah, Mr. Iero, you&#39;re here. Great, just come in and take a seat.&quot; <br /><br /> I went in noticing the scary looking guy sitting on a chair in front of the desk. I took a seat beside him, smiling at him when he smiled at me. <br /><br /> &quot;This is Gerard Way, he&#39;s a new student here. I like you, Mr. Iero to show him around, making Mr. Way feel welcome at this school. Introduce him to your friends, show him to his classes, get to know him. Do everything so that he won&#39;t feel left out. Do that, and I&#39;ll let you off the hook for sleeping in class. Just because Mrs. West can&#39;t see you sleep, doesn&#39;t mean she can&#39;t hear you snore and hear the other students laugh.&quot; <br /><br /> That made Gerard laugh and say; <br /><br /> &quot;Busted.&quot; <br /><br /> He excused himself, and left, still laughing. <br /><br /> &quot;Don&#39;t worry. I&#39;ll make him feel welcome at this school, I won&#39;t disappoint you.&quot; <br /><br /> I smiled at him and left, meeting Gerard outside the office. <br /><br /> &quot;So, what&#39;s your first class today, Mr. Way?&quot; <br /><br /> He playfully smacked my arm as he looked trough all his paper and stuff. <br /><br /> &quot;History. Ugh, I hate that. I used to sleep in that class back at my old school.&quot; <br /><br /> &quot;You&#39;re kidding me right?&quot; <br /><br /> He gave me a confused look as I grabbed his arm and jumped with a huge smile on my face. <br /><br /> &quot;That&#39;s the same class as I have, and that&#39;s the period I use to sleep in! Mrs. West is nearly blind, and even though she knows I sleep in class, and have told the principle I wont get into any trouble as long as I entertain you. Now come on.&quot;<br /><br /> I grabbed is arm and ran for the classroom. As soon as I got inside I jumped once again. <br /><br /> &quot;I got a sleeping partner!&quot; <br /><br /> I ran to my seat behind a laughing Karina and sat down, leaving Gerard really embarrassed in the door way. <br /><br /> &quot;This is Gerard Way everyone and he&#39;s a new student here, be nice to him, if I see one scratch on him, and he tells me that someone in this school made it, I will personally hit your head with my guitar.&quot; <br /><br /> The whole class started laughing at a very red Gerard.<br /><br /> &quot;Welcome to our school Mr. Way, don&#39;t mind Mr. Iero, he&#39;s the youngest in this class, obviously. Please take a seat behind Mr. Saporta.&quot;<br /><br /> &quot;Hey! I&#39;m only the youngest by seven minutes!&quot; <br /><br /> Gerard sat down, still a little embarrassed as Karina turned to me. <br /><br /> &quot;You know, it could easily be mistaken for seven years.&quot; <br /><br /> That made both Gabe and Gerard laugh and me hit her. I was about to reply but she turned away from me and turned to Gerard instead, offering her hand for him to shake. <br /><br /> &quot;Hi, I&#39;m Karina Iero, Frank&#39;s older sister.&quot; <br /><br /> ~{bd}~{bd}~{bd}~{bd}~{bd}~<br /><br /> &quot;So Gerard, what&#39;s your next class?&quot; <br /><br /> Gerard looked at trough his papers until he found what he was looking for. <br /><br /> &quot;Music.&quot;<br /><br /> I looked at Karina and Gabe who apparently didn&#39;t hear anything since they were to busy making out. <br /><br /> &quot;That&#39;s our class too. Along with the rest of our friends.&quot; <br /><br /> All of my friends had music together, which is awesome. <br /><br /> &quot;That&#39;s so cool. Do you all play instruments or do some of you sing?&quot; <br /><br /> &quot;I play the guitar, so do Karina and Gabe sings. What do you play?&quot; <br /><br /> He stopped by his locker, to but some books inside and turned to me afterwards. <br /><br /> &quot;I sing. I suck at instrument.&quot;<br /><br /> &quot;Don&#39;t say that! You just need practice. Bert sings to. He is really good. You&#39;ll meat him when we get to class.&quot; <br /><br /> When Karina and Gabe finally knew that they were never gonna be on time for class if they were gonna make out all the way, we left for the classroom. Gerard was kinda cool. I mean, he looked really scary, but he totally wasn&#39;t. <br /><br /> When we finally got to the classroom, Ray, Bob, Victoria, Nate, Ryland, Alex and Jeph was there, along with Bert and Quinn, who was making out. They were all talking, playing and laughing when we came, but they all (well, except Quinn and Bert) gave me a hug when they saw me and gave me a confused look when they saw Gerard, trying to hide behind me, but didn&#39;t succeed because I&#39;m so little. <br /><br /> &quot;This is Gerard Way, my new sleeping partner.&quot; <br /><br /> Gerard hit me in the arm, and tried to give me an angry look. It didn&#39;t work though. <br /><br /> &quot;Dude, you gotta stop saying that.&quot; <br /><br /> I just smirked and watched him turn to everyone else and smile. <br /><br /> &quot;I&#39;m Gerard, and I&#39;m new here ...&quot; <br /><br /> I just left him there getting to know my other friends while I went over to Quinn and Bert to get my hug. They didn&#39;t notice me when I sat down besides Quinn. <br /><br /> &quot;Hey! Will you two stop making out and give me my hug already!&quot; <br /><br /> They both pulled away and looked at me, but they didn&#39;t give me a hug. <br /><br /> &quot;Please?&quot; <br /><br /> I put on the sweetest smile I could manage which I knew they couldn&#39;t resist. I was right, because seconds later, I got my hug. <br /><br /> &quot;Guys, I need your help.&quot; <br /><br /> &quot;For what?&quot; <br /><br /> I hopped on Bert&#39;s lap and sighed. <br /><br /> &quot;I need a date for the prom. I&#39;m the only one in the gang, that doesn&#39;t have a date.&quot; <br /><br /> That made both of them laugh. <br /><br /> &quot;And what do you need our help for?&quot; <br /><br /> &quot;Well, you&#39;re both gay, turn on your gaydar and find me a date.&quot; <br /><br /> &quot;What about your own gaydar?&quot; <br /><br /> &quot;It doesn&#39;t work.&quot; <br /><br /> They laughed once again, and I left them to find my seat as the teacher came. <br /><br /> ~{bd}~{bd}~{bd}~{bd}~{bd}~<br /><br /> Friday night, two days after Gerard started in our school, we were all hanging out at his house, his parents and brother were in New York picking up the rest of their stuff and wouldn&#39;t be back until the day after. <br /><br /> The girls, Karina and Victoria was in sitting curled up in a couch talking about something we didn&#39;t understand. It was something about who&#39;s the cutest boy in Harry Potter, Karina thought Draco and Victoria thought Harry. I had to agree with Karina, but I didn&#39;t interrupt their conversation, I was too busy playing the sims three on Gerard&#39;s laptop. I had made a guy named Frank Iero, and he was really, really poor. He lived in a small house with only the things he needed, and it wasn&#39;t the best, but it worked until he got some money to buy something new. His lifetime wish was to be a rockstar, and that was what I tried to make him. I just only got him a job in the music business and bough him a guitar, so all he needed to do was practice. <br /><br /> &quot;What are you doing?&quot; <br /><br /> Gerard came and sat down on the couch beside me. <br /><br /> &quot;I&#39;m playing the sims three. It&#39;s really fun.&quot; <br /><br /> Gerard laughed. <br /><br /> &quot;I know! I have made a sim named Gerard Way. He&#39;s gonna be an rockstar.&quot; <br /><br />That made me laugh. We were so much alike.<br /><br /> &quot;I made a sim named Frank Iero, and he&#39;s also gonna be a rockstar!&quot; <br /><br /> We both laughed as everyone turned to look at us. We ignored them, and continued playing and talking for a while until sim Frank met sim Gerard in the park. They got to know each other, becoming bestfriends fast. Then I made Frank ask if Gerard was single, which he was. They talked for a bit longer, before the strangest thing happened. As I looked trough Frank&#39;s wishes, there was a picture of sim Gerard with lips on. I read what it was about and it said; &quot;Kiss Gerard for the first time&quot;. What? They hadn&#39;t done anything besides talking and telling jokes, and now he wanted to kiss him? I looked at Gerard and he had the weirdest look on his face, which I couldn&#39;t read. <br /><br /> &quot;Make him do it Frank.&quot;<br /><br /> I didn&#39;t say anything, but I did as he said, and made sim Frank kiss sim Gerard. Which sim Gerard didn&#39;t say no to. They kissed and it made me get this feeling in the pit of my stomach and a lot of questions ran trough my head. What if that was me and Gerard sometime? Would Gerard kiss me back? What if he didn&#39;t, would I get hurt? <br /><br /> I had paused the game, not noticing Karina talking to me. <br /><br /> &quot;Frank, what&#39;s wrong?&quot; <br /><br /> I looked up at her and smiled at her concerned face. <br /><br /> &quot;Nothing, I&#39;m fine. I was just thinking.&quot; <br /><br /> Gerard wasn&#39;t sitting beside me anymore, and he wasn&#39;t in the room either. Maybe he got the same feeling I did?<br /><br /> &quot;We&#39;re playing spin the bottle, wanna join? We&#39;re starting when Gerard is back from the bathroom.&quot; <br /><br /> They didn&#39;t need to ask me one more time, because I would join no matter what. We always played spin the bottle, and I loved it. <br /><br /> &quot;Yeah, sure.&quot; <br /><br /> I exited the game and closed the laptop just in time for Gerard to come back. We sat down beside each other, and Karina sat down beside me. <br /><br /> &quot;So, me and Victoria was talking about something earlier. We want to change the rules a bit. Instead of the usual spin-the-bottle-and-make-them-do-something-funny rules, we&#39;re going to kiss the one the bottle points at for as many minutes this dice says.&quot; <br /><br /> &quot;What?! There is no way I&#39;m kissing anyone in here. You&#39;re all my friends.&quot; <br /><br /> The rest of the boys agreed with me, but the girls kept pushing us until everyone but me agreed. <br /><br /> &quot;What do you say Frank. It could be fun.&quot; <br /><br /> I thought about it. Yes, it could be fun, besides it didn&#39;t mean anything. It was just a game of spin the bottle. <br /><br /> &quot;Okay, fine, but I&#39;m not under any circumstances kissing Karina. If I spin and the bottle points at her, I get to spin again and if she spins and the bottle points on me, she gets to spin again.&quot; <br /><br /> They all agreed to that. I don&#39;t think anyone wanted to see us kiss. We&#39;re twins for fucks sakes. Karina started the game and the bottle landed on Alex who threw the dice and got two, which meant that Karina had to kiss him for two minutes. Karina crawled over to him, cupped his face and kissed him, without even asking him if it was okay for him. When the two minutes passed and Karina got back to her seat beside me, Alex was out of breath so it took him thirty seconds to recover before he could spin the bottle. When he did, it landed on Bert. <br /><br /> We had played for about twenty minutes when it finally was my turn. I had to kiss Ray for three minutes before I could spin it, it went around for a bit before it landed on Gerard. oh boy. Gerard took the dice and rolled it. I held my breath until it stopped, why was I so nervous? When it finally stopped and I looked the the number, my eyes almost popped out. It stopped on six! I was gonna kiss Gerard for six minutes. Shit. <br /><br /> I took a deep breath before turning towards Gerard, who were already looking at me, we just looked at each other for a while, not doing anything. <br /><br /> &quot;Will you two just kiss already!&quot; <br /><br /> They didn&#39;t need to ask us one more time, we slowly moved towards each other. I looked between his hazel colored eyes and his pink lips, trying to decide if I should keep my eyes open or closed. I decided to keep them open. <br /><br /> When our lips finally touched my body just froze. Our lips were barely touching and neither of us moved. We just looked into each others eyes. After probably a minute or so, I decided to take the kiss further. I cupped his cheek and started to move my lips against his, which he returned a second later. He deepened the kiss, trying to get his tongue into my mouth. I didn&#39;t protest and opened my mouth a bit for him to get his tongue inside. When our tongues met, all my worries left my body, and I just concentrated on taking control. I cupped his face in both my hands and moved to sit on his lap, pressing my tongue down in his throat, making him moan. It was really low, I could barely hear it, but I still heard it and it made me smile into the kiss. I was about to let him taking control when; <br /><br /> &quot;Okay guys, times up!&quot; <br /><br />Fuck!<br /><br /> I pulled myself off him and sat back on my seat out of breath to play the rest of the game. Our kiss wasn&#39;t mentioned once the rest of the night. <br /><br /> ~{bd}~{bd}~{bd}~{bd}~{bd}~<br /><br /> &quot;Frank, wake up.&quot; <br /><br /> I opened my eyes to see Karina laying on her side on her bed facing me. <br /><br /> &quot;What time is it?&quot; <br /><br /> I yawned and tried to find my cellphone in the dark. <br /><br /> &quot;It&#39;s five thirty.&quot; <br /><br /> &quot;Why did you wake me this damn early? I could still sleep for an hour or so.&quot;<br /><br /> &quot;I just wanted to talk.&quot;<br /><br /> &quot;About what?&quot; <br /><br /> I rubbed my eyes and sat up a bit, so that my upper half of my back was leaning against the headboard. <br /><br /> &quot;About you and Gerard.&quot; <br /><br /> &quot;What about us?&quot; <br /><br /> &quot;Oh come on! Don&#39;t you think I know? You like him Frank. Ever since you kissed on Friday, you&#39;ve been all spaced out, and I&#39;ve seen what you&#39;ve been doing on sims. You&#39;ve been making two sims, one named Gerard Way and one named Frank Iero, you&#39;ve made them a couple, got them married and adopted a child!&quot; <br /><br />Fuck. She wasn&#39;t suppose to see that. <br /><br /> &quot;Okay fine. Maybe I do like him a little, but what can I do? He&#39;s not gay!&quot; <br /><br /> She just smirked and got out of bed. <br /><br /> &quot;I don&#39;t know what you can do, you have to figure that out your self. Now come on, I&#39;m gonna make us some hot chocolate before we get ready. <br /><br /> ~{bd}~{bd}~{bd}~{bd}~{bd}~<br /><br /> When we got to school, Quinn and Bert came running towards me just as I stepped out of the car. They gripped one arm each and carried me behind a three and looked at me. <br /><br /> &quot;We found you&#39;re perfect prom date.&quot;<br /><br /> I just started at them. They found me a prom date in this school? Oh wow. <br /><br /> &quot;Who?&quot; <br /><br /> They looked at each other and nodded before turning to me and said at the same time; <br /><br /> &quot;Gerard.&quot; <br /><br /> &quot;He&#39;s gay?!&quot; <br /><br /> &quot;Yup. All you have to do is ask him to the prom, and here he comes, good luck.&quot; <br /><br /> They ran before I got a chance to reply and I turned to walk the other way when I crashed into Gerard. Oh fuck.<br /><br /> &quot;H-Hi Gerard.&quot; <br /><br /> I gave him a hug, pretending that nothing was wrong, he didn&#39;t hug me back, so I knew something was wrong.<br /><br /> &quot;Hi Frank. Listen, I need to talk to you.&quot; <br /><br /> I looked up at him. His eyes were nearly black now, and he didn&#39;t smile like he usually did. <br /><br /> &quot;Okay, about what?&quot; <br /><br /> I took a deep breath. He&#39;s probably gonna say that nothing will ever happen between us, and that our kiss didn&#39;t mean anything. <br /><br /> &quot;Our kiss&quot; <br /><br /> He opened his mouth to continue, but I didn&#39;t let him. I knew it. <br /><br /> &quot;I know, it didn&#39;t mean anything.&quot; <br /><br /> &quot;But ...&quot; <br /><br /> &quot;No, I know nothing will ever happen between us, even though I kinda like you and was going to ask you to the prom. Forget it, I&#39;m going.&quot; <br /><br /> I turned to leave, not giving him a chance to say something. I started to walk away when I was forcefully turned around and his lips crashed against mine.<br /><br /> &quot;I like you too, and I would love to go to prom with you.&quot; <br /><br /> I smiled and hugged him. Karina was right; the perfect prom date did pop out right in front of me. <br /><br /> ~{bd}~{bd}~{bd}~{bd}~{bd}~<br /><br /> Later that night, me and Gerard was sitting on the couch in my apartment watching a movie and eating popcorn. Karina had left us alone saying that she was gonna go over to Gabe&#39;s house to &quot;study&quot;. I had my head on Gerard&#39;s chest and he had his arm around me, it was pretty quiet until; <br /><br /> &quot;Karina told me what you did in sims.&quot; <br /><br /> I sat up and looked at him. <br /><br /> &quot;She did what?!&quot; <br /><br /> I was embarrassed now, no one was suppose to know about that! <br /><br /> &quot;Relax, I think it&#39;s cute.&quot; <br /><br /> He kissed my cheek and made me lay back on his chest. <br /><br /> &quot;It&#39;s so easy, you know. Becoming a couple on sims. All they have to do is get to know each other, flirt a bit, then kiss. After that they flirt a bit more, then one of them propose and they get married. I wish it went that fast in real life.&quot; <br /><br /> &quot;Well, it is a game, but it can happen fast in real life too. It took us only five days to get together, it could&#39;ve taken longer if it hadn&#39;t been for the kiss.&quot; <br /><br /> &quot;I know, I&#39;m kinda happy that I agreed to play.&quot; <br /><br /> &quot;Yeah, me too.&quot; <br /><br /> He kissed me gently, before looking at the TV again, watching the movie. <br /><br /> ~{bd}~{bd}~{bd}~{bd}~{bd}~<br /><br /> It was the night of the prom, and I was freaking out. I didn&#39;t know what I was going to wear or how to do my hair. I needed help. I ran to our room to find Karina and Victoria stand in front of the mirror looking at different dresses and shoes. <br /><br /> &quot;I need your help. I don&#39;t know what to do!&quot; <br /><br /> I wanted to look perfect for Gerard, and if I dressed myself I would never look perfect. Karina looked at me, studying me, thinking about something. <br /><br /> &quot;Wait here, I know what you could wear.&quot;<br /><br /> She left the room and came back a minute later with a suit in her arms. Dad&#39;s suit.<br /><br /> &quot;Karina, I can&#39;t wear that. That&#39;s dad&#39;s suit. It&#39;s too big for me.&quot;<br /><br /> &quot;This is the suit dad wore to prom when mom was his date. It&#39;s kinda funny actually, because mom was a new student at school, and dad was the one who had to show her around. They became really close very fast, and their first kiss was in a game of spin the bottle. They had only known each other for two days when that happened, and they got together tree days after that. Does that sound a little familiar?&quot; <br /><br /> It did actually. They got together in the same way me and Gerard did, and Karina wanted me to wear dad&#39;s suite just to make it even more special.<br /><br /> &quot;It does. How did you know all of this?&quot; <br /><br /> She handed me the suit and sat down on her bed. <br /><br /> &quot;Mom told be two days before they died. She also told me that that prom was the day we were made.&quot;<br /><br /> &quot;So you mean that mom and dad ...&quot;<br /><br /> &quot;Were only sixteen when we were born. Or, dad had turned seventeen, but still.&quot; <br /><br /> &quot;So does that mean that me and Gerard are gonna have sex tonight?&quot; <br /><br /> That made both Karina and Victoria laugh. <br /><br /> &quot;Well, it&#39;s all up to you.&quot; <br /><br /> They both left the room for me to get ready.<br /><br /> ~{bd}~{bd}~{bd}~{bd}~{bd}~<br /><br /> The prom actually went really well, me and Gerard was dancing the whole night, we only stopped when the principle got on stage to announce the king and queen. <br /><br /> &quot;Hello everyone. I hope you all have a good time. You all know that this is the time where I announce the prom king and queen, but I won&#39;t be announcing any queen tonight. For the past week a bunch of girls have been to my office asking me to not announce any queen, but two kings instead. I wasn&#39;t going to do it, until I saw why they asked me to do it, so I&#39;m gonna open this envelope and announce both kings at the same time.&quot; <br /><br /> People were all whispering amongst themselves, wondering who it would be. It was kinda weird having two kings, and not a queen. <br /><br /> &quot;Frank Iero and Gerard Way.&quot; <br /><br /> I looked up as I heard my name. People were cheering, clapping and waiting for us to get on stage to get our crowns. Oh my god. <br /><br /> Gerard took my hand and pulled me on stage where one of the teachers stood placing the crown on our heads. <br /><br /> &quot;Congratulations. Now, you&#39;ll get the dance floor for yourself.&quot; <br /><br /> Now it was my time to pull Gerard with me to the middle of the dance floor to get our spotlight dance. It was perfect. We would look into each others eyes, and smile at each other. Not caring who was watching. <br /><br /> &quot;You know what Frank. This may be too soon to say, but I don&#39;t care, because I&#39;ve never been so sure in my life. I love you.&quot; <br /><br /> Time stopped and all I could see was Gerard looking down on me smiling sweetly at me and without thinking I opened my mouth and said; <br /><br /> &quot;I love you too.&quot; </strong> </div>]]></content:encoded>
			<bs:blogid></bs:blogid>
			<bs:blogurl></bs:blogurl>
			<bs:blogname></bs:blogname>
			<bs:itemtitle></bs:itemtitle>
			<bs:image-profile></bs:image-profile>
			<bs:url-profile></bs:url-profile>
			<bs:comments>1</bs:comments>
						<bs:image>http://bloggfiler.no/loveandwar.blogg.no/images/715129-7-1273517515622.jpg</bs:image>
					
		</item>

		
		<item>
			<title>Risk It All For Love</title>
			<pubDate>Wed, 28 Apr 2010 16:50:21 GMT</pubDate>
			<link>http://loveandwar.blogg.no/1272473421_risk_it_all_for_love.html</link>
			<guid>http://loveandwar.blogg.no/1272473421_risk_it_all_for_love.html</guid>
			<description><![CDATA[    Word count: 1782         [Draco]     &quot;Do we have to go to the mall again tomorrow? We&#39;ve just been there!&quot;     I looked at my wife. Why did I have to marry a muggle who is obsessed with shopping? Couldn&#39;t I just marry a witch who would love to spend her Saturday with me, and not clothes? No, I couldn&#39;t because no witch would ever marry me. They all know that I would never love them as much as I love him, Harry Potter. The reason I left the magic world to live a normal life with no magic, what so ever. The only problem with that is that we can never really be together. Live together and such, because the world is an evil place, where everyone hates gay people.      &quot;Because, there wasn&#39;t a sale today. The mall has sixty percent off on most of their stuff in every store tomorrow! Come on Draco, you don&#39;t have to follow me around at the mall. Harry and Jenna are gonna be there too. You can just walk around with Harry or something.&quot;      Harry. Just hearing his name made my heart race.      &quot;Fine.&quot;      I&#39;m gonna meet the love of my life, who can say no to that?     &quot;Yay. I knew you wouldn&#39;t say no to meeting your bestfriend!&quot;      She jumped over to me and gave me a peck on the lips before jumping her way to the bathroom to get ready for bed. If only she knew that Harry was more than just my bestfriend.      --      &quot;Drive faster Draco. We have to get there five hours before it opens. It&#39;s gonna be a lot of people.&quot;     I was so tired. Amy woke me up at four am, telling me to be ready at four thirty am. What the fuck does people do outside a mall for five fucking hours. It&#39;s not like the mall opens until ten anyway.      &quot;What are you going to do for five hours outside a mall?&quot;      She was checking her makeup in the mirror over and over again. It was like she was trying to look good for whoever tried to take the pair of shoes she saw first, but another one took.      &quot;Scream, push, talk, laugh, push and scream.&quot;      &quot;Sounds to me that you&#39;re going to give birth, not wait outside a mall.&quot;      &quot;Oh come on Draco. Be a bit more excited. You are going to see a hundred screaming girls pushing against each other. Don&#39;t tell me that that doesn&#39;t excite you a little bit.&quot;     Oh please. Who want to look at a bush of shopping obsessed girls pushing against each other? That&#39;s just disgusting. If there were a bunch of Harry clones, I would be okay with it. But girls? No thanks.      &quot;It does, but looking at it at from five am to ten am outside in the cold, when I know I could be home in a warm bed and having the smell of coffee waking me up is not something I want to do.&quot;      &quot;Oh, come on, Draco. Stick around and see how it ends. I know that you wont regret it.&quot;     She pecked my cheek as I parked the car and jumped out before I got to turn if the engine. Girls were already lining up at all the front doors. I stopped the car and got out. It was no point in looking for Amy, she was already long gone in the pile of girls. I sighed and dug into my pockets to look for my cigarettes and lighter, which I couldn&#39;t find. Fuck.      &quot;Need a light?&quot;      I turned around at the sound of Harry&#39;s voice and smiled.      &quot;That&#39;s not the only thing I need.&quot;     He stepped closer to me and lit my cigarette.      &quot;Oh? And what other things to you need?&quot;      &quot;Coffee or sleep .. and a kiss from you.&quot;      &quot;I&#39;ll buy you coffee when we get inside and give you a kiss later, when we&#39;re alone.&quot;      &quot;I can&#39;t wait.&quot;      --     With Harry there, the hours went by fast. We just sat in my car, with music, the heater on and talked. He even gave me that kiss I wanted, when we were sure no one was looking.      When the mall finally opened we got out of the car and went inside. I wanted coffee so badly!     It took us a while to get trough all the girls and get inside to buy coffee. The girls were pushing us, screaming in our ears, and I&#39;m pretty sure one of them grabbed my ass. Ew.      When we finally got to the coffee shop, Harry ordered two black coffees to go, which he paid for. We started to walk towards the exit. As we walked trough the crowded mall, I couldn&#39;t help but think to myself what a tragic word we live in. Girls are running around, screaming at each other and fighting over who was the one who saw the pair of shoes first.      &quot;I don&#39;t get girls. Every time it&#39;s a sale they go around actiong like each others&#39; enemies. It&#39;s like the city is at war, a place among the young and rich.&quot;      &quot;Yeah, I know. They go crazy everytime.&quot;      As we got outside we sat down on a bench and sipped our coffees in silence. I took out my packet of cigarettes, and offered one to Harry before taking one myself.      &quot;Man, I&#39;m so tired.&quot;      &quot;Yeah, I know. I don&#39;t get why they had to be here at five am in the morning, and why they have to drag us along.&quot;      &quot;They only use us to carry their bags, whenever they get too much. I bet Amy is going to call in half an hour telling me to come and get her bags.&quot;      &quot;Yeah, Jenna too. Let&#39;s go over to the car and listen to music. It beats sitting outside in the cold.&quot;      &quot;Yeah, okay. Just let me finish this.&quot;      I took one last drag of my cigarette and threw it away before we walked over to a car, which happened to be parked under a big tree. Harry got into the backseat, while I got into the front seat to turn on some music, before going out and jumping into the backseat to cuddle with Harry.      &quot;This is nice. I wish I could do this every day.&quot;      &quot;Me too.&quot;     He kissed the top of my head and I hugged him tighter. I didn&#39;t want to let him go, not now, not ever. I needed him.      &quot;Harry, would you have sex with me?&quot;      He shifted and hugged me even tighter.      &quot;Draco, as much as I want to, we can&#39;t. You know that. We can&#39;t leave this parking lot, and we can&#39;t be seen walking into a small room together. People will get suspicious.&quot;      &quot;Who said that we were gonna leave this car?&quot;      I grinned and started to move my hand slowly down his stomach towards his groin.      &quot;Are you crazy?! We can&#39;t have sex in your car! People can see trough the windows.&quot;     I had reached his groin now, and was rubbing him through his jeans.      &quot;Oh come on, Harry. No one will see us. We&#39;re parked under a big three, with no cars around us.&quot;      I started to kiss his neck just the way he likes it.      &quot;I just need you inside me before we have to go our separate ways.&quot;      He moaned as I moved to sit in his laps, my hard cock rubbing against his.      &quot;But what if your wife gets suspicious by the smell of sex and cum stains we are most likely to make?&quot;      &quot;I have some air freshener and a towel so we can get cleaned up before it makes any stains. Don&#39;t fight it, Harry. I know you want this as much as I do.&quot;      &quot;I do, but ...&quot;      I cut him off by kissing him.      &quot;Shh. Please, I need you.&quot;      I kissed him again, and this time he kissed back. I unbuttoned his black shirt before removing both his shirt and jacket.      &quot;You&#39;re so hot.&quot;      I attacked his lips with mine while trying to unbutton his pants. His cock was rock hard by now, and so was mine. He lifted his ass a little bit so I could manage to slide his pants and underwear down to his ankles.      &quot;Do you have any lube and a condom?&quot;      I nodded before lifting myself off him, turning and reaching for the lube and the condom in the glove compartment. As I turned back to Harry, I took off my pants before sitting back down in his lap. Our now naked, hard cocks rubbing together.      I took some lube in my hand and started to push two finger inside my ass, preparing myself for him.      &quot;You look so freaking hot doing that. I could get of just watching your face when you do that.&quot;      I laughed and kissed him, forcing my tongue down his throat.      &quot;It would be so much hotter having your cock up there instead.&quot;      I took my fingers out of my ass and took some more lube in my hands before preparing him, making him slick. He moaned and started to buck against my hand.      &quot;Stop teasing me, you are going to make me cum before I even get to the best part.&quot;      &quot;We can&#39;t let that happen, can we?&quot;      I grinned, slid a condom down his cock before shifting so that his cock could go right in as I started to slide down on his cock. He was already moaning like crazy, and his cock wasn&#39;t even half way inside.      &quot;Buck up against me, slam into me fast.&quot;      He did as I said and found my prostate at the first try.      &quot;Oh god, do that again. It feels so great.&quot;      He took a hold of my hips and lifted me halfway off his cock, before slamming me down again, this time, also hitting my prostate. Soon he was hitting my prostate rapidly while I had my head thrown back, moaning like hell. I hope no one can hear us.      &quot;Draco, I can&#39;t ... hold back much longer.&quot;      &quot;Just don&#39;t stop, and don&#39;t hold back.&quot;      I took a hold of my own cock and jerked it. It didn&#39;t take me long to cum with Harry hitting my prostate so fast. Harry came seconds after, screaming random swearing words.      I felt on top of Harry, breathing heavily. We just sat there, recovering from orgasm. His cock eventually slipping out of my ass. I reached behind him to grab the towel and a bag before giving it to him, so he could clean up and trow away the condom.     &quot;So, what do you think about giving Amy and Jenna a one week shopping spree in Paris?&quot;     ]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div align="center"><img src="http://bloggfiler.no/loveandwar.blogg.no/images/715129-11-1272473391435.jpg" alt="" /><br /><em>Word count: 1782</em><br /><br /></div><div align="center"><div align="left"> <strong> [Draco]</strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Do we have to go to the mall again tomorrow? We&#39;ve just been there!&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> I looked at my wife. Why did I have to marry a muggle who is obsessed with shopping? Couldn&#39;t I just marry a witch who would love to spend her Saturday with me, and not clothes? No, I couldn&#39;t because no witch would ever marry me. They all know that I would never love them as much as I love him, Harry Potter. The reason I left the magic world to live a normal life with no magic, what so ever. The only problem with that is that we can never really be together. Live together and such, because the world is an evil place, where everyone hates gay people. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Because, there wasn&#39;t a sale today. The mall has sixty percent off on most of their stuff in every store tomorrow! Come on Draco, you don&#39;t have to follow me around at the mall. Harry and Jenna are gonna be there too. You can just walk around with Harry or something.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> Harry. Just hearing his name made my heart race. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Fine.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> I&#39;m gonna meet the love of my life, who can say no to that?</strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Yay. I knew you wouldn&#39;t say no to meeting your bestfriend!&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> She jumped over to me and gave me a peck on the lips before jumping her way to the bathroom to get ready for bed. If only she knew that Harry was more than just my bestfriend. </strong><br /><br /><strong> -- </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Drive faster Draco. We have to get there five hours before it opens. It&#39;s gonna be a lot of people.&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> I was so tired. Amy woke me up at four am, telling me to be ready at four thirty am. What the fuck does people do outside a mall for five fucking hours. It&#39;s not like the mall opens until ten anyway. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;What are you going to do for five hours outside a mall?&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> She was checking her makeup in the mirror over and over again. It was like she was trying to look good for whoever tried to take the pair of shoes she saw first, but another one took. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Scream, push, talk, laugh, push and scream.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Sounds to me that you&#39;re going to give birth, not wait outside a mall.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Oh come on Draco. Be a bit more excited. You are going to see a hundred screaming girls pushing against each other. Don&#39;t tell me that that doesn&#39;t excite you a little bit.&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> Oh please. Who want to look at a bush of shopping obsessed girls pushing against each other? That&#39;s just disgusting. If there were a bunch of Harry clones, I would be okay with it. But girls? No thanks. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;It does, but looking at it at from five am to ten am outside in the cold, when I know I could be home in a warm bed and having the smell of coffee waking me up is not something I want to do.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Oh, come on, Draco. Stick around and see how it ends. I know that you wont regret it.&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> She pecked my cheek as I parked the car and jumped out before I got to turn if the engine. Girls were already lining up at all the front doors. I stopped the car and got out. It was no point in looking for Amy, she was already long gone in the pile of girls. I sighed and dug into my pockets to look for my cigarettes and lighter, which I couldn&#39;t find. Fuck. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Need a light?&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> I turned around at the sound of Harry&#39;s voice and smiled. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;That&#39;s not the only thing I need.&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> He stepped closer to me and lit my cigarette. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Oh? And what other things to you need?&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Coffee or sleep .. and a kiss from you.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;I&#39;ll buy you coffee when we get inside and give you a kiss later, when we&#39;re alone.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;I can&#39;t wait.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> --</strong><br /><br /><strong> With Harry there, the hours went by fast. We just sat in my car, with music, the heater on and talked. He even gave me that kiss I wanted, when we were sure no one was looking. </strong><br /><br /><strong> When the mall finally opened we got out of the car and went inside. I wanted coffee so badly!</strong><br /><br /><strong> It took us a while to get trough all the girls and get inside to buy coffee. The girls were pushing us, screaming in our ears, and I&#39;m pretty sure one of them grabbed my ass. Ew. </strong><br /><br /><strong> When we finally got to the coffee shop, Harry ordered two black coffees to go, which he paid for. We started to walk towards the exit. As we walked trough the crowded mall, I couldn&#39;t help but think to myself what a tragic word we live in. Girls are running around, screaming at each other and fighting over who was the one who saw the pair of shoes first. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;I don&#39;t get girls. Every time it&#39;s a sale they go around actiong like each others&#39; enemies. It&#39;s like the city is at war, a place among the young and rich.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Yeah, I know. They go crazy everytime.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> As we got outside we sat down on a bench and sipped our coffees in silence. I took out my packet of cigarettes, and offered one to Harry before taking one myself. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Man, I&#39;m so tired.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Yeah, I know. I don&#39;t get why they had to be here at five am in the morning, and why they have to drag us along.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;They only use us to carry their bags, whenever they get too much. I bet Amy is going to call in half an hour telling me to come and get her bags.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Yeah, Jenna too. Let&#39;s go over to the car and listen to music. It beats sitting outside in the cold.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Yeah, okay. Just let me finish this.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> I took one last drag of my cigarette and threw it away before we walked over to a car, which happened to be parked under a big tree. Harry got into the backseat, while I got into the front seat to turn on some music, before going out and jumping into the backseat to cuddle with Harry. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;This is nice. I wish I could do this every day.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Me too.&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> He kissed the top of my head and I hugged him tighter. I didn&#39;t want to let him go, not now, not ever. I needed him. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Harry, would you have sex with me?&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> He shifted and hugged me even tighter. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Draco, as much as I want to, we can&#39;t. You know that. We can&#39;t leave this parking lot, and we can&#39;t be seen walking into a small room together. People will get suspicious.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Who said that we were gonna leave this car?&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> I grinned and started to move my hand slowly down his stomach towards his groin. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Are you crazy?! We can&#39;t have sex in your car! People can see trough the windows.&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> I had reached his groin now, and was rubbing him through his jeans. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Oh come on, Harry. No one will see us. We&#39;re parked under a big three, with no cars around us.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> I started to kiss his neck just the way he likes it. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;I just need you inside me before we have to go our separate ways.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> He moaned as I moved to sit in his laps, my hard cock rubbing against his. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;But what if your wife gets suspicious by the smell of sex and cum stains we are most likely to make?&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;I have some air freshener and a towel so we can get cleaned up before it makes any stains. Don&#39;t fight it, Harry. I know you want this as much as I do.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;I do, but ...&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> I cut him off by kissing him. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Shh. Please, I need you.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> I kissed him again, and this time he kissed back. I unbuttoned his black shirt before removing both his shirt and jacket. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;You&#39;re so hot.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> I attacked his lips with mine while trying to unbutton his pants. His cock was rock hard by now, and so was mine. He lifted his ass a little bit so I could manage to slide his pants and underwear down to his ankles. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Do you have any lube and a condom?&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> I nodded before lifting myself off him, turning and reaching for the lube and the condom in the glove compartment. As I turned back to Harry, I took off my pants before sitting back down in his lap. Our now naked, hard cocks rubbing together. </strong><br /><br /><strong> I took some lube in my hand and started to push two finger inside my ass, preparing myself for him. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;You look so freaking hot doing that. I could get of just watching your face when you do that.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> I laughed and kissed him, forcing my tongue down his throat. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;It would be so much hotter having your cock up there instead.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> I took my fingers out of my ass and took some more lube in my hands before preparing him, making him slick. He moaned and started to buck against my hand. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Stop teasing me, you are going to make me cum before I even get to the best part.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;We can&#39;t let that happen, can we?&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> I grinned, slid a condom down his cock before shifting so that his cock could go right in as I started to slide down on his cock. He was already moaning like crazy, and his cock wasn&#39;t even half way inside. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Buck up against me, slam into me fast.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> He did as I said and found my prostate at the first try. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Oh god, do that again. It feels so great.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> He took a hold of my hips and lifted me halfway off his cock, before slamming me down again, this time, also hitting my prostate. Soon he was hitting my prostate rapidly while I had my head thrown back, moaning like hell. I hope no one can hear us. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Draco, I can&#39;t ... hold back much longer.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Just don&#39;t stop, and don&#39;t hold back.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> I took a hold of my own cock and jerked it. It didn&#39;t take me long to cum with Harry hitting my prostate so fast. Harry came seconds after, screaming random swearing words. </strong><br /><br /><strong> I felt on top of Harry, breathing heavily. We just sat there, recovering from orgasm. His cock eventually slipping out of my ass. I reached behind him to grab the towel and a bag before giving it to him, so he could clean up and trow away the condom.</strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;So, what do you think about giving Amy and Jenna a one week shopping spree in Paris?&quot;</strong><br /></div> </div>]]></content:encoded>
			<bs:blogid></bs:blogid>
			<bs:blogurl></bs:blogurl>
			<bs:blogname></bs:blogname>
			<bs:itemtitle></bs:itemtitle>
			<bs:image-profile></bs:image-profile>
			<bs:url-profile></bs:url-profile>
			<bs:comments>2</bs:comments>
						<bs:image>http://bloggfiler.no/loveandwar.blogg.no/images/715129-11-1272473391435.jpg</bs:image>
					
		</item>

		
		<item>
			<title>Blame Me</title>
			<pubDate>Sat, 10 Apr 2010 00:36:45 GMT</pubDate>
			<link>http://loveandwar.blogg.no/1270859805_blame_me.html</link>
			<guid>http://loveandwar.blogg.no/1270859805_blame_me.html</guid>
			<description><![CDATA[    Word count:  Kapittel 1:  661  Kapittel   2: 769  Totalt:  1407           Kapittel 1      Theodore and I were walking around in Bergen, holding hands, talking and laughing. I don&#39;t think that I have ever been so happy as I was that day. We had been together for a whole year; a whole year for fucks sakes, and by how the things were going that day, everyone would think that we would be together for a much longer time.    The first part of that day had gone as we had planed and hoped. We had been at the movies, sharing a big popcorn, while cuddling, shopping and walking around.    On our way from the Chinese restaurant we had to cross the road to be able to get to the bus stops. We were going to take the first bus home to celebrate alone. I did not know then what was going to happen, and I never will know. Not then, not now, not ever.    We stopped at a red light and waited for it to become green. We were not talking, we were just enjoying each others presence. Theodore got in front of me when it became green, he took both of my hands, looked deep into my eyes and started to walk backwards, telling me to lead the way.    After walking halfway over I heard those words that haunt me in my dreams, every night, every day even.    &quot;Watch out&quot;.    I wish that I did not hear them. I wish that I did not turn around. And I wish that I never let go of Theodore&#39;s hand. It was my fault, I should have done something, anything. It should have been me, not him.    Everything happened so fast. As soon as I heard those words, I let go of Theodore&#39;s hands and turned to look at who ever it was yelling at us. Next thing I heard was this terrible sound of a car horn and tires as I turn to see a big truck coming towards us. I was shocked, and did the first thing that came into my mind. I jumped to the left. I wish I did not do that. If only I jumped right. The next thing I saw was that Theodore got hit by that big truck.    He died at the spot. I miss him so much. He was my bestfriend for sixteen years, and boyfriend for one year, now he is just a painful memory.    His mother told me something, that I never knew until she told me, and that I now never will forget. She told me that she loved him, and that day I called and told her that Theodore had died was the worst day of her life. It was my too. He never did anything wrong. He did not smoke and he did not drink. He loved to listen to music, play guitar, draw and play soccer, but according to his mother; he loved me the most of anything in the world.    She told me about the day we got together. She told me that she knew that we liked each other, she just waited for us to find out by ourself.    We were both fifteen at the time we got together. She said that Theodore came running up the stairs at his house with a big smile plastered on his face. He told her that I kissed him. She said that she could not be more happy for him, but she was wrong. That day he came into the kitchen telling her that he was in love with me, that day was the day she could be more happy for him, until the day we got married. That can never happen.    Thanks to me.                  Kapittel 2    &quot;You are going to go out with me.&quot;   Theodore&#39;s sister, Karina tried to drag me out of my bed. It&#39;s two days since Theodore&#39;s funeral and all I&#39;ve been doing is sitting in my room looking at old pictures off Theodore. Oh and of course crying.    &quot;No, I don&#39;t want to.&quot;    &quot;But you are!&quot;   She took my arm, and dragged me out of bed. I just stood there in my boxers and a t-shirt with my hair sticking out everywhere.    &quot;Oh my god.&quot;   Karina held her nose.    &quot;You have to take a shower.&quot;   &quot;I don&#39;t want to, Karina. Everything I do reminds me of Theodore. Even the showers. I can&#39;t remember how many times I&#39;ve spent in the shower jacking off thinking about him.&quot;    &quot;I didn&#39;t need to know that you jack off thinking about my brother. Sitting in your room all day, looking at pictures off him just makes it worse. You&#39;re not the only one suffering from this, Hunter. We all loved Theodore, but we&#39;re dealing with it, and I think you should too! Come and hang out with me and Victoria.&quot;    &quot;What part of &quot;I don&#39;t want to&quot;, don&#39;t you get?&quot;    &quot;I get every part of it, but I want you to do something else. What you&#39;re doing is not healthy.&quot;   &quot;I don&#39;t care. I don&#39;t want to go out. I don&#39;t have to power to do so.    She sat down on the couch and looked like she was thinking about something.    &quot;How about this; I call Victoria and ask her to come here to watch a movie?&quot;   I can deal with that.    &quot;Okay, as long as I don&#39;t have to shower and get dressed.&quot;   &quot;Deal. You pick a movie, and I&#39;ll call Victoria.&quot;    She walked out of my room and I sat down in front of the collection of DVD&#39;s and started to look for something we could watch.    There was a pile of Disney movies me and Theodore used to watch, but one of the movies got my attention.    I took the cover and got tears in my eyes as I saw the front of it. It was a picture of me and Theodore. It was the first picture ever taken after we got together. Over the picture it said &quot;I love you&quot;. It was a movie Karina had taken without us knowing.    It was summer, two days after we got together. We were laying on a blanket, Theodore on his back and me on my stomach, halfway on top of him. On the other side of him there was a bowl of chocolate sauce, a tray with strawberries and a box of whipped cream. We were both topless and we fed each other with strawberries. The cream and chocolate sauce were everywhere, not just in our mouths. But everything ended up on the same place in the end anyway. We fell asleep after that and woke up extremely sunburned.    The tears were running wildly now. I threw the DVD and crawled my way up in my bed again. I head Karina came running.    &quot;Hunter, what happened?&quot;    I didn&#39;t answer her, I just kept on crying into my pillow. I felt the bed sink and a hand on my back, comforting me.    &quot;Hunter, please talk to me.&quot;    &quot;I can&#39;t do it. I can&#39;t live without him. Everything I do and everything I see reminds me of him. I swear that I see and feel him every night. He do what you do now. Sitting in my bed, stroking my back when I&#39;m crying. But every time I say his name he disappears, but not before saying &quot;I love you&quot;.    Karina hugged me as good as she could from the position she was sitting in and I could hear her cry.    &quot;Everybody miss him. Even I do, but I&#39;m trying to get over it. I know it&#39;s hard, but I know I have to. I know that Theodore didn&#39;t want you to sit her and cry over him. He would&#39;ve wanted you to be happy. I know that.&quot;   I sat up, and gave her a real hug. She&#39;s right. He would&#39;ve never wanted me to be like this.    &quot;Let&#39;s go upstairs and make you some food. You&#39;ve probably not eaten in days. When Victoria gets here, we&#39;ll put on Hannah Montana while eating ice cream and cake. Victoria said that she made Oreo cake. I know that&#39;s your favorite.&quot;   I got up and gave her a weak smile.    &quot;Thanks.&quot;    I hugged her again and followed her up to the kitchen. I was extremely hungry. I hadn&#39;t eaten since the day Theodore died.    ~~    &quot;I know I&#39;m not just dreaming when I see you every night. I know you&#39;re here to watch over me. I will never forget you&quot;.  ]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div style="text-align: center"><img src="http://bloggfiler.no/loveandwar.blogg.no/images/715129-8-1270948059483.jpg" alt="" /><br /><em>Word count: <strong>Kapittel 1:</strong> 661 <strong>Kapittel </strong><strong>2:</strong>769 <strong>Totalt: </strong>1407</em> <br /></div><br /><div align="center"> </div><h2 align="left"><strong><u>Kapittel 1</u><br /></strong></h2><strong> Theodore and I were walking around in Bergen, holding hands, talking and laughing. I don&#39;t think that I have ever been so happy as I was that day. We had been together for a whole year; a whole year for fucks sakes, and by how the things were going that day, everyone would think that we would be together for a much longer time. <br /><br /> The first part of that day had gone as we had planed and hoped. We had been at the movies, sharing a big popcorn, while cuddling, shopping and walking around. <br /><br /> On our way from the Chinese restaurant we had to cross the road to be able to get to the bus stops. We were going to take the first bus home to celebrate alone. I did not know then what was going to happen, and I never will know. Not then, not now, not ever. <br /><br /> We stopped at a red light and waited for it to become green. We were not talking, we were just enjoying each others presence. Theodore got in front of me when it became green, he took both of my hands, looked deep into my eyes and started to walk backwards, telling me to lead the way. <br /><br /> After walking halfway over I heard those words that haunt me in my dreams, every night, every day even. <br /><br /> &quot;Watch out&quot;. <br /><br /> I wish that I did not hear them. I wish that I did not turn around. And I wish that I never let go of Theodore&#39;s hand. It was my fault, I should have done something, anything. It should have been me, not him. <br /><br /> Everything happened so fast. As soon as I heard those words, I let go of Theodore&#39;s hands and turned to look at who ever it was yelling at us. Next thing I heard was this terrible sound of a car horn and tires as I turn to see a big truck coming towards us. I was shocked, and did the first thing that came into my mind. I jumped to the left. I wish I did not do that. If only I jumped right. The next thing I saw was that Theodore got hit by that big truck. <br /><br /> He died at the spot. I miss him so much. He was my bestfriend for sixteen years, and boyfriend for one year, now he is just a painful memory. <br /><br /> His mother told me something, that I never knew until she told me, and that I now never will forget. She told me that she loved him, and that day I called and told her that Theodore had died was the worst day of her life. It was my too. He never did anything wrong. He did not smoke and he did not drink. He loved to listen to music, play guitar, draw and play soccer, but according to his mother; he loved me the most of anything in the world. <br /><br /> She told me about the day we got together. She told me that she knew that we liked each other, she just waited for us to find out by ourself. <br /><br /> We were both fifteen at the time we got together. She said that Theodore came running up the stairs at his house with a big smile plastered on his face. He told her that I kissed him. She said that she could not be more happy for him, but she was wrong. That day he came into the kitchen telling her that he was in love with me, that day was the day she could be more happy for him, until the day we got married. That can never happen. <br /><br /> Thanks to me.<br /><br /></strong>            <h1 align="left"><strong><u>Kapittel 2</u></strong></h1><strong>&quot;You are going to go out with me.&quot;<br /><br /> Theodore&#39;s sister, Karina tried to drag me out of my bed. It&#39;s two days since Theodore&#39;s funeral and all I&#39;ve been doing is sitting in my room looking at old pictures off Theodore. Oh and of course crying. <br /><br /> &quot;No, I don&#39;t want to.&quot; <br /><br /> &quot;But you are!&quot;<br /><br /> She took my arm, and dragged me out of bed. I just stood there in my boxers and a t-shirt with my hair sticking out everywhere. <br /><br /> &quot;Oh my god.&quot;<br /><br /> Karina held her nose. <br /><br /> &quot;You have to take a shower.&quot;<br /><br /> &quot;I don&#39;t want to, Karina. Everything I do reminds me of Theodore. Even the showers. I can&#39;t remember how many times I&#39;ve spent in the shower jacking off thinking about him.&quot; <br /><br /> &quot;I didn&#39;t need to know that you jack off thinking about my brother. Sitting in your room all day, looking at pictures off him just makes it worse. You&#39;re not the only one suffering from this, Hunter. We all loved Theodore, but we&#39;re dealing with it, and I think you should too! Come and hang out with me and Victoria.&quot; <br /><br /> &quot;What part of &quot;I don&#39;t want to&quot;, don&#39;t you get?&quot; <br /><br /> &quot;I get every part of it, but I want you to do something else. What you&#39;re doing is not healthy.&quot;<br /><br /> &quot;I don&#39;t care. I don&#39;t want to go out. I don&#39;t have to power to do so. <br /><br /> She sat down on the couch and looked like she was thinking about something. <br /><br /> &quot;How about this; I call Victoria and ask her to come here to watch a movie?&quot;<br /><br /> I can deal with that. <br /><br /> &quot;Okay, as long as I don&#39;t have to shower and get dressed.&quot;<br /><br /> &quot;Deal. You pick a movie, and I&#39;ll call Victoria.&quot; <br /><br /> She walked out of my room and I sat down in front of the collection of DVD&#39;s and started to look for something we could watch. <br /><br /> There was a pile of Disney movies me and Theodore used to watch, but one of the movies got my attention. <br /><br /> I took the cover and got tears in my eyes as I saw the front of it. It was a picture of me and Theodore. It was the first picture ever taken after we got together. Over the picture it said &quot;I love you&quot;. It was a movie Karina had taken without us knowing. <br /><br /> It was summer, two days after we got together. We were laying on a blanket, Theodore on his back and me on my stomach, halfway on top of him. On the other side of him there was a bowl of chocolate sauce, a tray with strawberries and a box of whipped cream. We were both topless and we fed each other with strawberries. The cream and chocolate sauce were everywhere, not just in our mouths. But everything ended up on the same place in the end anyway. We fell asleep after that and woke up extremely sunburned. <br /><br /> The tears were running wildly now. I threw the DVD and crawled my way up in my bed again. I head Karina came running. <br /><br /> &quot;Hunter, what happened?&quot; <br /><br /> I didn&#39;t answer her, I just kept on crying into my pillow. I felt the bed sink and a hand on my back, comforting me. <br /><br /> &quot;Hunter, please talk to me.&quot; <br /><br /> &quot;I can&#39;t do it. I can&#39;t live without him. Everything I do and everything I see reminds me of him. I swear that I see and feel him every night. He do what you do now. Sitting in my bed, stroking my back when I&#39;m crying. But every time I say his name he disappears, but not before saying &quot;I love you&quot;. <br /><br /> Karina hugged me as good as she could from the position she was sitting in and I could hear her cry. <br /><br /> &quot;Everybody miss him. Even I do, but I&#39;m trying to get over it. I know it&#39;s hard, but I know I have to. I know that Theodore didn&#39;t want you to sit her and cry over him. He would&#39;ve wanted you to be happy. I know that.&quot;<br /><br /> I sat up, and gave her a real hug. She&#39;s right. He would&#39;ve never wanted me to be like this. <br /><br /> &quot;Let&#39;s go upstairs and make you some food. You&#39;ve probably not eaten in days. When Victoria gets here, we&#39;ll put on Hannah Montana while eating ice cream and cake. Victoria said that she made Oreo cake. I know that&#39;s your favorite.&quot;<br /><br /> I got up and gave her a weak smile. <br /><br /> &quot;Thanks.&quot; <br /><br /> I hugged her again and followed her up to the kitchen. I was extremely hungry. I hadn&#39;t eaten since the day Theodore died. <br /><br /> ~~<br /><em><br /> &quot;I know I&#39;m not just dreaming when I see you every night. I know you&#39;re here to watch over me. I will never forget you&quot;.</em></strong>]]></content:encoded>
			<bs:blogid></bs:blogid>
			<bs:blogurl></bs:blogurl>
			<bs:blogname></bs:blogname>
			<bs:itemtitle></bs:itemtitle>
			<bs:image-profile></bs:image-profile>
			<bs:url-profile></bs:url-profile>
			<bs:comments>1</bs:comments>
						<bs:image>http://bloggfiler.no/loveandwar.blogg.no/images/715129-8-1270948059483.jpg</bs:image>
					
		</item>

		
		<item>
			<title>I&#039;ve Been Waiting For You</title>
			<pubDate>Sat, 13 Mar 2010 00:40:16 GMT</pubDate>
			<link>http://loveandwar.blogg.no/1268440816_ive_been_waiting_for_.html</link>
			<guid>http://loveandwar.blogg.no/1268440816_ive_been_waiting_for_.html</guid>
			<description><![CDATA[    Word count: 2317          [Brian]     &quot;Watch where you&#39;re going, Kinney.&quot;      I fell at the ground with a thud, my books and papers flying everywhere. People started laughing, as i stood up.      &quot;Leave me alone, Taylor.&quot;      I bent down to pick up my stuff, when I saw someone come towards me. I did the only thing I thought of first, I stood up and hit the person in the face, with my books, I didn&#39;t realize that I hit Justin. I&#39;m dead. Justin looked at me like he was gonna kill me, and I did the only thing I could do, run!      &quot;Come back here, Kinney. I&#39;m gonna fucking kill you.&quot;      I ran towards the exit, and was about to open the door when it came towards me, and hit me in the eye.      &quot;Fuck!&quot;      I held my eye, and looked up at the person standing over me, the principal. Shit.      &quot;Fighting again, Mr. Taylor and Mr. Kinney?&quot;      I stood up, and I felt someone beside me.      &quot;No, Brian here was just excited to show me his new car, right, Brian?&quot;      Justin gave me a -really- fake smile, and looked at me in a way to to say &quot;just say yes, or else I&#39;ll kill you, bring you to life and kill you again&quot;, without really saying it with words.      &quot;Yeah, it&#39;s true.&quot;      &quot;Nice try. My office, now! To the rest of you; Get to class!&quot;      People started to run towards their next class, and we followed Mrs. Hunter to her office. We entered and she told us to take a seat.      &quot;I don&#39;t know what to do with you two. You&#39;re always picking on each other! Didn&#39;t you use to be best friends?&quot;      &quot;Yeah, we used to.&quot;      Yeah, that&#39;s right, we used to be bestfriend, until the day I ruined it;      &quot;Justin, I need to tell you something.&quot;     Justin sat down beside me and and smiled. Gosh, I loved his smile.      &quot;What?&quot;      &quot;I don&#39;t know how I&#39;m gonna do it, so I&#39;m just gonna say it. Promise me that you won&#39;t get mad?&quot;      &quot;I promise. Now tell me.&quot;      I took a deep breath, closed my eyes, and opened my mouth.     &quot;I&#39;m in love with you.&quot;      I opened my eyes, and looked at Justin. Please don&#39;t get mad, please don&#39;t get mad, please don&#39;t get ...     &quot;You&#39;re WHAT?&quot;     Fuck, he&#39;s mad.     &quot;Justin, please, don&#39;t be mad at me, I can&#39;t help it.&quot;      &quot;What do you expect, Brian? I&#39;m not gay, and I never will be gay. Ever. You&#39;re my bestfriend, nothing more than that.&quot;      After that, he left. The next day, when I got to school everybody was looking at me, talking and laughing. I just ignored it. I thought is was something wrong with my hair or something. When I got inside, I saw Justin standing by his locker, talking to some girls, I smiled and went over to them.     &quot;Hi Justin.&quot;      The girls gave me a really ugly look, before I heard one of them say &quot;ew&quot;. I had to check myself in the mirror after this, but right now, I had to talk to Justin.     &quot;Fuck off, Brian.&quot;     What?      &quot;But,&quot;     &quot;Just get the fuck away from me!&quot;      He can&#39;t seriously be mad at me, can he? I feel the tears building up, and I tried to hold them back.      &quot;You promised that you wouldn&#39;t get mad.&quot;      &quot;That was before you told me that you&#39;re in love with me. If you&#39;re in love with me, you have to be gay, and I can&#39;t be friends with someone who&#39;s gay, and I sure as hell can&#39;t be friends with someone who&#39;s in love with me. That&#39;s just sick.&quot;      Since that day we&#39;ve been fighting everyday, and I of course became the school&#39;s outcast after that.     &quot;Well, I have to give you two weeks of detention. Two hour&#39;s everyday. Now, go back to class.&quot;      We left the office, and went for class. We had the same class. Sience. We&#39;re having a project today. I bet I have to work alone, again.     As we entered the classroom, everybody stared at us.      &quot;Kinney, Taylor, you&#39;re late. I bet you&#39;ve been at the principal, again.&quot;      We ignored Mr. Hunter, yes, he&#39;s the principals husband, and sat down. Me in the back, and Justin in the middle.      &quot;As you two know, we&#39;re having a project, which is due in a week. I&#39;ve already put together the groups and given them their theme, and since you&#39;re both late everyday, you&#39;re partners, and your theme is volcanoes.&quot;     My head snapped up, I&#39;m working with Justin? This is my chance to talk to him, and maybe sort everything out. I&#39;m still so fucking in love with him, that is hurts.      &quot;Not a chance in hell. I&#39;m never working with a fucking fag.&quot;      &quot;You&#39;re working with him, and that&#39;s final!&quot;     &quot;But,&quot;      &quot;Not a word more, Taylor. This project is worth 1/3 of you&#39;re grade, so you better do it.&quot;      &quot;Fine,&quot;      I&#39;m working with Justin! Fuck yeah!      **     As soon as the bell rang, Justin ran out of the classroom. I left as quickly as I could, and ran after him.      &quot;Hey, Justin, wait opp.&quot;      Justin stopped and turned to me, looking angry.      &quot;Listen Kinney. Just because I&#39;m you&#39;re partner doesn&#39;t mean that you can talk to me or anything like that at school. We&#39;re working on the project in private, where no-one can see that I&#39;m with you. Come to my house after school, and don&#39;t tell anyone.&quot;      He left without giving me a chance to reply.      **     I knocked on the Taylor&#39;s front door. I was a bit nervous, I mean, what if Justin beat me up or something? Oh shut up, Brian, Justin&#39;s never going to beat you up, just chill.      I was about to knock on the door again when the door opened and Mr. Taylor opened.      &quot;Brian? What are you doing here? I haven&#39;t seen you in, what, two years?&quot;      &quot;Hi Mrs. Taylor. I&#39;m here to see Justin, we&#39;re working on a project together.&quot;      &quot;Oh, well then, come in.&quot;      I stepped past her and she closed the door behind me.      &quot;Justin, Brian is here.&quot;      Then she turned to me and smiled.      &quot;That was a weird thing to say, I haven&#39;t said that in ages. It&#39;s nice to see you again, Brian. You look good.&quot;      Justin came running down the stairs, with only a towel around his waist, and shampoo in his hair. I had to try not to laugh.      &quot;Just go up to my room and wait there, and don&#39;t touch anything! I&#39;m just gonna finish my shower.&quot;      I just nodded and took my shoes off.      &quot;Can I get you anything? I can make you your favorite blueberry smoothie with ice cream and strawberries on the side.&quot;     Gosh, I missed that. Mrs. Taylor is the only one I know that makes that.      &quot;That would be lovely Mrs. Taylor.&quot;      &quot;Just go up to Justin&#39;s room, and I&#39;ll come up with it when it&#39;s done.&quot;      I did as she said and went up to Justin&#39;s room. It haven&#39;t changed a bit. I know I wasn&#39;t suppose to touch anything, but when I saw a piece of paper or something sticking out from under his pillow. I took it and my eyes got big when I saw that it was a picture of me and Justin, hugging. We took it that day when I told him that I was in love with him. I wonder why he keeps it? I heard someone walking outside the door, so I quickly put the picture back and sat up. Justin came in with a pair of black tight jeans that really showed of his package, a t-shirt and a towel around his head.      &quot;Justin?&quot;      He turned and looked at me while drying his hair.      &quot;Hm?&quot;      &quot;Why do you keep a picture of the two of us under your pillow?&quot;      &quot;You went through my stuff? I told you not to touch anything!&quot;     &quot;I didn&#39;t! It was laying there! I could see it from where I&#39;m sitting!&quot;     &quot;Whatever, just don&#39;t touch anything.&quot;      &quot;You didn&#39;t answer my question. Why do you have a picture of the two of us under the pillow?&quot;     &quot;I. I have it because. Because...&quot;      We got interrupted by a knock on the door and Mrs. Taylor came inside with the smoothie and ice cream.      &quot;Here you go boys. I made a blueberry smoothie for you Brian, a strawberry for you, Justin, and ice cream with strawberries for the both of you.&quot;      She handed me my plate with ice cream and my smoothie.      &quot;Thanks Mrs. Taylor.&quot;      She gave Justin his plate and smoothie, before going without saying something.     &quot;Let&#39;s get to work, we have a lot to do.&quot;      Justin sat down by his desk, taking a spoonful of ice cream in his mouth.      &quot;So, how do you wanna do this?&quot;      &quot;I don&#39;t know. Maybe we can make a volcano? And then tell something about different volcano disasters?&quot;     He thought for a second before nodding and taking another spoon in his mouth.      &quot;Yeah, okay. How about I look around on the Internet and try to find different disasters, and you see if you can find what we need to make a volcano.&quot;      He turned around on his chair, and started his computer, while I took a sip of my smoothie, and took up my computer.      I ate my ice cream while waiting for my computer to start and opened Firefox, and searched on &quot;how to make a volcano&quot; on Google. A lot of different links came up, so I just clicked on one of the links.      &quot;I found a way, that maybe we can use?&quot;     &quot;What do we need?&quot;      &quot;An empty 2-liter bottle, spray or acrylic paints, clear sealant, baking soda, liquid dish soap, white vinegar, brushes, mâché paste or salt dough or plaster, plywood sheet, newspaper and red food coloring&quot;     &quot;We can do that, we&#39;ll buy the things we need tomorrow, now help me find some disasters.&quot;     I sat back down on my computer and looked around for something that could be interesting. We used the whole night looking around, watching different youtube videos, and reading about it. We also took notes and bookmarked important sites. We didn&#39;t say a word to eachother for the whole night, or that was until I looked at the clock and found out that is was pretty late.      &quot;I better get going. I have other homework I have to do.&quot;      &quot;Yeah, me to.&quot;      I packed my stuff and stood up to leave when Justin grabbed my arm.      &quot;I see you here, tomorrow, after school. But you have to buy the stuff we need before you come here. Okay?&quot;      &quot;Okay, bye.&quot;      &quot;Later.&quot;      **     The next six days went by in a flash, we made the volcano and we found a lot of interesting things online that we could use in our project. The longer I spent with Justin, the nice he became. He even talked to me in school, and ate lunch with me. Maybe we can be friends again?      We&#39;re now sitting in the classroom waiting for our turn to present our project, and I was really nervous. I hated standing in front of the class, talking. People always starting laughing at me when I was younger, so I never present anything, I&#39;m always sick when we have to, but now I&#39;m here, an I have to do it. Fuck.      Justin who was sitting right in front if me, turned when he heard my heavy breathing.      &quot;What&#39;s wrong?&quot;      &quot;I can&#39;t do this. Everyone is gonna start laughing at me.&quot;     &quot;They&#39;re not. Brian, trust me!&quot;      &quot;They are. Remember last time?&quot;      &quot;That was years ago!&quot;     I felt tears building up, and I think Justin notice, because the next thing I know, I&#39;m being pulled outside the classroom.      &quot;Listen Brian! You can do this. I know you can. I have faith in you.&quot;      The tears that I tried to hold in was now running down my face. I hate to cry in front of others.      &quot;Brian, look at me!&quot;     I was about to look up, when the door opened and the teacher came out. I turned around, so he couldn&#39;t see me cry.      &quot;Is everything alright? It&#39;s your turn.&quot;      &quot;Yeah Mr. Hunter, we&#39;ll be right there.&quot;      Mr. Hunter got back inside, and Justin touched my arm.      &quot;Look at me! I haven&#39;t worked a whole week with you, so that you can just ditch me! Nobody will laugh at you, if they do, I&#39;m gonna kick their ass!&quot;      That actually made me laugh, which made Justin laugh to.      &quot;Come on.&quot;     &quot;No, wait. I just wanna know one thing, because I know that I&#39;m probably ever going to talk to you again after this, everything will be the same as before, so I hope you answer this one thing. Why do you keep a picture of the two of us under your pillow?&quot;      Justin took a deep breath before looking up, meeting my eyes.      &quot;Because I missed my bestfriend. I missed the times we spent together, the things we did and the things we shared with eachother. I missed you, I just didn&#39;t know how to apologize, so I just pretended that it wasn&#39;t true, that I didn&#39;t miss you. Spending these last seven days, made me realize that after this, I&#39;m not going to let you go, I&#39;m not going let everything be the same as before.&quot;     A tear ran down my face, this time of happiness, and he reached up to dry it off.      &quot;There is one more thing that this week had made me realize.&quot;      &quot;What?&quot;      &quot;That I love you. I&#39;ve had since forever, I was just afraid to admit it. I&#39;m not now though. People can think whatever they will, but I&#39;m still going to be in love with you.&quot;      I didn&#39;t say anything, and I didn&#39;t protest when I saw that his lips came closer to mine. I&#39;ve been dreaming for this moment ever since I fell in love with him, and now it&#39;s happening. I closed the small distance between us, and kissed him. Just a simple kiss, no tongue, and no force. At this time, I knew that wating for Justin to be my first kiss, is something that I&#39;ll never forget.   ]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div align="center"><img src="http://bloggfiler.no/loveandwar.blogg.no/images/715129-9-1268441476329.jpg" alt="" /><br /><em>Word count: 2317</em><br /><br /></div><div align="center"> </div><div align="left"><strong> [Brian]</strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Watch where you&#39;re going, Kinney.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> I fell at the ground with a thud, my books and papers flying everywhere. People started laughing, as i stood up. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Leave me alone, Taylor.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> I bent down to pick up my stuff, when I saw someone come towards me. I did the only thing I thought of first, I stood up and hit the person in the face, with my books, I didn&#39;t realize that I hit Justin. I&#39;m dead. Justin looked at me like he was gonna kill me, and I did the only thing I could do, run! </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Come back here, Kinney. I&#39;m gonna fucking kill you.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> I ran towards the exit, and was about to open the door when it came towards me, and hit me in the eye. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Fuck!&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> I held my eye, and looked up at the person standing over me, the principal. Shit. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Fighting again, Mr. Taylor and Mr. Kinney?&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> I stood up, and I felt someone beside me. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;No, Brian here was just excited to show me his new car, right, Brian?&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> Justin gave me a -really- fake smile, and looked at me in a way to to say &quot;just say yes, or else I&#39;ll kill you, bring you to life and kill you again&quot;, without really saying it with words. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Yeah, it&#39;s true.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Nice try. My office, now! To the rest of you; Get to class!&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> People started to run towards their next class, and we followed Mrs. Hunter to her office. We entered and she told us to take a seat. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;I don&#39;t know what to do with you two. You&#39;re always picking on each other! Didn&#39;t you use to be best friends?&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Yeah, we used to.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> Yeah, that&#39;s right, we used to be bestfriend, until the day I ruined it;</strong><br /><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Justin, I need to tell you something.&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> Justin sat down beside me and and smiled. Gosh, I loved his smile. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;What?&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;I don&#39;t know how I&#39;m gonna do it, so I&#39;m just gonna say it. Promise me that you won&#39;t get mad?&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;I promise. Now tell me.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> I took a deep breath, closed my eyes, and opened my mouth.</strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;I&#39;m in love with you.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> I opened my eyes, and looked at Justin. Please don&#39;t get mad, please don&#39;t get mad, please don&#39;t get ...</strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;You&#39;re WHAT?&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> Fuck, he&#39;s mad.</strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Justin, please, don&#39;t be mad at me, I can&#39;t help it.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;What do you expect, Brian? I&#39;m not gay, and I never will be gay. Ever. You&#39;re my bestfriend, nothing more than that.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> After that, he left. The next day, when I got to school everybody was looking at me, talking and laughing. I just ignored it. I thought is was something wrong with my hair or something. When I got inside, I saw Justin standing by his locker, talking to some girls, I smiled and went over to them.</strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Hi Justin.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> The girls gave me a really ugly look, before I heard one of them say &quot;ew&quot;. I had to check myself in the mirror after this, but right now, I had to talk to Justin.</strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Fuck off, Brian.&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> What? </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;But,&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Just get the fuck away from me!&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> He can&#39;t seriously be mad at me, can he? I feel the tears building up, and I tried to hold them back. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;You promised that you wouldn&#39;t get mad.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;That was before you told me that you&#39;re in love with me. If you&#39;re in love with me, you have to be gay, and I can&#39;t be friends with someone who&#39;s gay, and I sure as hell can&#39;t be friends with someone who&#39;s in love with me. That&#39;s just sick.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> Since that day we&#39;ve been fighting everyday, and I of course became the school&#39;s outcast after that.</strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Well, I have to give you two weeks of detention. Two hour&#39;s everyday. Now, go back to class.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> We left the office, and went for class. We had the same class. Sience. We&#39;re having a project today. I bet I have to work alone, again.</strong><br /><br /><strong> As we entered the classroom, everybody stared at us. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Kinney, Taylor, you&#39;re late. I bet you&#39;ve been at the principal, again.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> We ignored Mr. Hunter, yes, he&#39;s the principals husband, and sat down. Me in the back, and Justin in the middle. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;As you two know, we&#39;re having a project, which is due in a week. I&#39;ve already put together the groups and given them their theme, and since you&#39;re both late everyday, you&#39;re partners, and your theme is volcanoes.&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> My head snapped up, I&#39;m working with Justin? This is my chance to talk to him, and maybe sort everything out. I&#39;m still so fucking in love with him, that is hurts. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Not a chance in hell. I&#39;m never working with a fucking fag.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;You&#39;re working with him, and that&#39;s final!&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;But,&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Not a word more, Taylor. This project is worth 1/3 of you&#39;re grade, so you better do it.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Fine,&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> I&#39;m working with Justin! Fuck yeah! </strong><br /><br /><strong> **</strong><br /><br /><strong> As soon as the bell rang, Justin ran out of the classroom. I left as quickly as I could, and ran after him. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Hey, Justin, wait opp.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> Justin stopped and turned to me, looking angry. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Listen Kinney. Just because I&#39;m you&#39;re partner doesn&#39;t mean that you can talk to me or anything like that at school. We&#39;re working on the project in private, where no-one can see that I&#39;m with you. Come to my house after school, and don&#39;t tell anyone.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> He left without giving me a chance to reply. </strong><br /><br /><strong> **</strong><br /><br /><strong> I knocked on the Taylor&#39;s front door. I was a bit nervous, I mean, what if Justin beat me up or something? Oh shut up, Brian, Justin&#39;s never going to beat you up, just chill. </strong><br /><br /><strong> I was about to knock on the door again when the door opened and Mr. Taylor opened. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Brian? What are you doing here? I haven&#39;t seen you in, what, two years?&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Hi Mrs. Taylor. I&#39;m here to see Justin, we&#39;re working on a project together.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Oh, well then, come in.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> I stepped past her and she closed the door behind me. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Justin, Brian is here.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> Then she turned to me and smiled. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;That was a weird thing to say, I haven&#39;t said that in ages. It&#39;s nice to see you again, Brian. You look good.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> Justin came running down the stairs, with only a towel around his waist, and shampoo in his hair. I had to try not to laugh. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Just go up to my room and wait there, and don&#39;t touch anything! I&#39;m just gonna finish my shower.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> I just nodded and took my shoes off. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Can I get you anything? I can make you your favorite blueberry smoothie with ice cream and strawberries on the side.&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> Gosh, I missed that. Mrs. Taylor is the only one I know that makes that. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;That would be lovely Mrs. Taylor.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Just go up to Justin&#39;s room, and I&#39;ll come up with it when it&#39;s done.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> I did as she said and went up to Justin&#39;s room. It haven&#39;t changed a bit. I know I wasn&#39;t suppose to touch anything, but when I saw a piece of paper or something sticking out from under his pillow. I took it and my eyes got big when I saw that it was a picture of me and Justin, hugging. We took it that day when I told him that I was in love with him. I wonder why he keeps it? I heard someone walking outside the door, so I quickly put the picture back and sat up. Justin came in with a pair of black tight jeans that really showed of his package, a t-shirt and a towel around his head. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Justin?&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> He turned and looked at me while drying his hair. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Hm?&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Why do you keep a picture of the two of us under your pillow?&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;You went through my stuff? I told you not to touch anything!&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;I didn&#39;t! It was laying there! I could see it from where I&#39;m sitting!&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Whatever, just don&#39;t touch anything.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;You didn&#39;t answer my question. Why do you have a picture of the two of us under the pillow?&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;I. I have it because. Because...&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> We got interrupted by a knock on the door and Mrs. Taylor came inside with the smoothie and ice cream. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Here you go boys. I made a blueberry smoothie for you Brian, a strawberry for you, Justin, and ice cream with strawberries for the both of you.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> She handed me my plate with ice cream and my smoothie. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Thanks Mrs. Taylor.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> She gave Justin his plate and smoothie, before going without saying something.</strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Let&#39;s get to work, we have a lot to do.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> Justin sat down by his desk, taking a spoonful of ice cream in his mouth. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;So, how do you wanna do this?&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;I don&#39;t know. Maybe we can make a volcano? And then tell something about different volcano disasters?&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> He thought for a second before nodding and taking another spoon in his mouth. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Yeah, okay. How about I look around on the Internet and try to find different disasters, and you see if you can find what we need to make a volcano.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> He turned around on his chair, and started his computer, while I took a sip of my smoothie, and took up my computer. </strong><br /><br /><strong> I ate my ice cream while waiting for my computer to start and opened Firefox, and searched on &quot;how to make a volcano&quot; on Google. A lot of different links came up, so I just clicked on one of the links. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;I found a way, that maybe we can use?&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;What do we need?&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;An empty 2-liter bottle, spray or acrylic paints, clear sealant, baking soda, liquid dish soap, white vinegar, brushes, mâché paste or salt dough or plaster, plywood sheet, newspaper and red food coloring&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;We can do that, we&#39;ll buy the things we need tomorrow, now help me find some disasters.&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> I sat back down on my computer and looked around for something that could be interesting. We used the whole night looking around, watching different youtube videos, and reading about it. We also took notes and bookmarked important sites. We didn&#39;t say a word to eachother for the whole night, or that was until I looked at the clock and found out that is was pretty late. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;I better get going. I have other homework I have to do.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Yeah, me to.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> I packed my stuff and stood up to leave when Justin grabbed my arm. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;I see you here, tomorrow, after school. But you have to buy the stuff we need before you come here. Okay?&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Okay, bye.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Later.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> **</strong><br /><br /><strong> The next six days went by in a flash, we made the volcano and we found a lot of interesting things online that we could use in our project. The longer I spent with Justin, the nice he became. He even talked to me in school, and ate lunch with me. Maybe we can be friends again? </strong><br /><br /><strong> We&#39;re now sitting in the classroom waiting for our turn to present our project, and I was really nervous. I hated standing in front of the class, talking. People always starting laughing at me when I was younger, so I never present anything, I&#39;m always sick when we have to, but now I&#39;m here, an I have to do it. Fuck. </strong><br /><br /><strong> Justin who was sitting right in front if me, turned when he heard my heavy breathing. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;What&#39;s wrong?&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;I can&#39;t do this. Everyone is gonna start laughing at me.&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;They&#39;re not. Brian, trust me!&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;They are. Remember last time?&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;That was years ago!&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> I felt tears building up, and I think Justin notice, because the next thing I know, I&#39;m being pulled outside the classroom. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Listen Brian! You can do this. I know you can. I have faith in you.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> The tears that I tried to hold in was now running down my face. I hate to cry in front of others. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Brian, look at me!&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> I was about to look up, when the door opened and the teacher came out. I turned around, so he couldn&#39;t see me cry. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Is everything alright? It&#39;s your turn.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Yeah Mr. Hunter, we&#39;ll be right there.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> Mr. Hunter got back inside, and Justin touched my arm. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Look at me! I haven&#39;t worked a whole week with you, so that you can just ditch me! Nobody will laugh at you, if they do, I&#39;m gonna kick their ass!&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> That actually made me laugh, which made Justin laugh to. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Come on.&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;No, wait. I just wanna know one thing, because I know that I&#39;m probably ever going to talk to you again after this, everything will be the same as before, so I hope you answer this one thing. Why do you keep a picture of the two of us under your pillow?&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> Justin took a deep breath before looking up, meeting my eyes. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Because I missed my bestfriend. I missed the times we spent together, the things we did and the things we shared with eachother. I missed you, I just didn&#39;t know how to apologize, so I just pretended that it wasn&#39;t true, that I didn&#39;t miss you. Spending these last seven days, made me realize that after this, I&#39;m not going to let you go, I&#39;m not going let everything be the same as before.&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> A tear ran down my face, this time of happiness, and he reached up to dry it off. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;There is one more thing that this week had made me realize.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;What?&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;That I love you. I&#39;ve had since forever, I was just afraid to admit it. I&#39;m not now though. People can think whatever they will, but I&#39;m still going to be in love with you.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> I didn&#39;t say anything, and I didn&#39;t protest when I saw that his lips came closer to mine. I&#39;ve been dreaming for this moment ever since I fell in love with him, and now it&#39;s happening. I closed the small distance between us, and kissed him. Just a simple kiss, no tongue, and no force. At this time, I knew that wating for Justin to be my first kiss, is something that I&#39;ll never forget. </strong></div>]]></content:encoded>
			<bs:blogid></bs:blogid>
			<bs:blogurl></bs:blogurl>
			<bs:blogname></bs:blogname>
			<bs:itemtitle></bs:itemtitle>
			<bs:image-profile></bs:image-profile>
			<bs:url-profile></bs:url-profile>
			<bs:comments>2</bs:comments>
						<bs:image>http://bloggfiler.no/loveandwar.blogg.no/images/715129-9-1268441476329.jpg</bs:image>
					
		</item>

		
		<item>
			<title>Going Camping</title>
			<pubDate>Wed, 03 Mar 2010 20:39:05 GMT</pubDate>
			<link>http://loveandwar.blogg.no/1267648745_going_camping.html</link>
			<guid>http://loveandwar.blogg.no/1267648745_going_camping.html</guid>
			<description><![CDATA[    Word count: 2206        [Gabe]     It&#39;s been a month since my little fuck with Pete happened and I can&#39;t stop thinking about it. I mean, I fucked Pete Wentz, can you blame me for thinking about it? It&#39;s not everyday you get to fuck him. It&#39;s Pete Wentz for crying out loud!      I haven&#39;t had the courage to call him after that day. I have his number and all, but I don&#39;t know what to say to him, and I don&#39;t want to make a fool of myself. It&#39;s not like I can call him and say; &quot;Hey, Pete, remember me? It&#39;s Gabe, you know that teenage boy who fucked you in the elevator at the Tipton hotel about a month ago. I just wanted you to know that you were a great fuck and I&#39;d like to fuck you again.&quot;      I don&#39;t think so!      Anyway, I&#39;m at school right now, and I&#39;m sitting under a big three with my four best friends Alex, Victoria, Ryland and Nate. We&#39;re eating lunch.       *Baby, seasons change but people don&#39;t. and I&#39;ll always be waiting in the back room*      &quot;Hello?&quot;      &quot;Hey Gabe, it&#39;s Pete.&quot;       I froze. Like ? what the fuck? Pete Wentz is calling me!       &quot;Oh, hi, Pete. What&#39;s up?&quot;       I look over at my friends who drop their food and star at me open mouthed.       &quot;Not much, I was just calling to say that I haven&#39;t stopped thinking about what happened last month.&quot;       &quot;Neither have I.&quot;       &quot;So, I was wondering if you want to come with me and a friend to Norway ? we&#39;re going camping. I know a place where it&#39;s no fans. Well, there is one, but I know her, and I&#39;ve told her not to disturb us.&quot;      &quot;You want me to come with you and a friend to Norway to got camping. When, how long, why and who&#39;s the friend?&quot;       &quot;Yeah, I want you to come with us, this weekend. We&#39;re staying there for a week. And I kinda want you to help me seducing William Beckett, I&#39;ve wanted to fuck him ever since I saw him.&quot;       &quot;YOU WANT ME TO SEDUCE WILLIAM BECKETT?!&quot;       That makes everyone around me shut up and stare at me and it makes Pete laugh.      Shit.       &quot;Let me guess. You&#39;re at school and that was too loud?&quot;       &quot;Yeah, why don&#39;t I call you back when I get home?&quot;       I hang up before he could say anything and look around; absolutely everybody is staring at me. Well, except Alex, Victoria, Nate and Ryland. They&#39;re laughing.      How embarrassing.       &quot;Uhm, I ...&quot;       Think Gabe, think for fuck sake. If you can&#39;t use your brain in class, you can at least use your brain saving your ass right now.       &quot;I didn&#39;t mean that literally. I was talking to a friend of mine from Norway. Her name is Victoria. Not her Victoria, Victoria from Norway, Victoria. Yeah.&quot;       Where am I going with this?      &quot;Anyway, Victoria is writing a fanfic about William Beckett and me, and she was thinking about having me seducing William in an elevator at a hotel. She was just asking me what I would do if that was ever going to happen to me in real life, you know. Like I ever get to seduce the real William Beckett. I&#39;m never going to be in the same elevator with him. Who do you think I am? Pete Wentz?&quot;       I think that actually worked, because it makes everyone continue doing whatever they were doing before I interrupted them. I turn to look at my friends, who are still laughing.       &quot;Since when did you get a friend from Norway?&quot;       &quot;Oh shut up, try to come up with a better excuse. Now come on, we&#39;re going to my place.&quot;       I stand up, grab my things and start walking towards my car.       &quot;But Gabe, we can&#39;t just leave, we have classes, remember?&quot;       I turn around and look at them.       &quot;Fuck school, I&#39;m going camping with Pete Wentz and William Beckett for a whole week, in Norway for fucks sake!&quot;       That makes them stand up and run after me.       &quot;You&#39;re mom will never let you go.&quot;       I smile and put on my sunglasses.       &quot;That&#39;s why I have you guys.&quot;       ***       &quot;So I&#39;m gonna make this fake trip thing from school and make my mom sign it, so she thinks that I&#39;ll be gone for a week. Then I want you Victoria, to call the school, pretending to be my mom and tell them that I&#39;m going to Norway to my uncles funeral and that I&#39;ll be gone for a week. If any of you meet my mom when I&#39;m gone, just tell her that you couldn&#39;t go because you&#39;re mom wouldn&#39;t let you or something, I don&#39;t know, just come up with something.&quot;      I have this all planned, now I&#39;m just gonna call Pete and tell him that I&#39;m in.       &quot;Hi, Pete, it&#39;s Gabe.&quot;       &quot;Hey, what&#39;s up?&quot;       &quot;I was just gonna tell you that I&#39;ll come with you and help you to seduce William.&quot;       &quot;Awesome, so we&#39;ll pick you up on tomorrow afternoon, outside the hotel we met, okay?&quot;      &quot;Great, I&#39;ll see you then.&quot;       We hang up, and I can&#39;t help but scream.       &quot;Gabriel, honey, are you okay?&quot;       &quot;Shit, everybody, grab some books, a pencil and pretend to study. My mom will be here in ten seconds.&quot;      &quot;How do you know?&quot;       &quot;Just do it and you&#39;ll see.&quot;       We grabbed some books and a pencil right in time for my mom to come in.       &quot;Gabriel, is everything okay in here? Why are you screaming? Aren&#39;t you suppose to be in school?&quot;       &quot;Yeah, mom, we&#39;re okay. I just found out Alex and Victoria here just got together, and I&#39;m just so happy for them.&quot;       I got up and over to them and hugged both of them at the same time.       &quot;Yeah, Mrs. Saporta, it&#39;s true. We got together yesterday.&quot;      Victoria turn to me and gives me a death glare.       &quot;I&#39;m happy for you. Well, I&#39;m gonna leave you alone now.&quot;       She leaves and I get back in the chair where I sat, ignoring the glares they give me.       &quot;So I&#39;m dating Victoria? Since when did that happen?&quot;       &quot;Since yesterday.&quot;       I smirk and walk over to my closet; time to pack.      **      Oh my god, I can&#39;t believe that I&#39;m in Norway, on a camping trip with Pete Wentz and William Becket. Like, that&#39;s so amazing. We&#39;re all packed out and our tent is up. We&#39;re actually sleeping in the same tent. This is too much for me to handle.       Our tent is at the very end of a island, kind of. Or it&#39;s a county really, based on a lot of islands, and we&#39;re on the very end of the last island on the mainland. There is absolutely no people here, and nobody can see us from where we set up our tent, and we&#39;ve got this beautiful view of the sunset. I love it here.       We&#39;re sitting at a rock facing the sunset, and Pete has his arm around me while I lean myself on him. I&#39;m drinking Red Bull and they are drinking beer. I can&#39;t have any, because I&#39;m underage. Pete let a teenage boy fuck him, but he won&#39;t give the teenage boy beer? What kind of man is he?       &quot;Come on, Pete, just let me have some.&quot;       &quot;No, Gabe, you&#39;re underage.&quot;       &quot;Oh, come on.&quot;       &quot;No.&quot;       &quot;Fine.&quot;       I glared at him and turned to William.       &quot;William?&quot; I put on my cutest smile and eyes.       &quot;Never gonna happen, kid.&quot;       &quot;I&#39;m not a kid.&quot;       &quot;You&#39;re seventeen. Which makes you a kid.&quot;       &quot;I&#39;m not a kid.&quot;       I turned to Pete.       &quot;Pete, I&#39;m not a kid. Tell him.&quot;       &quot;William, he&#39;s not a kid. He&#39;s my kid.&quot;       I stare at him and he just smirks and take a sip of his beer.       &quot;So, you&#39;re into incest, huh ? Dad?&quot;      Pete chokes on his bear and William starts laughing.       &quot;You know I didn&#39;t mean it like that.&quot;       I smile and move over to his lap, facing him.       &quot;I know that, I was just joking.&quot;       I bend down to kiss him, but it soon become a make-out session.       &quot;Okay, break it up. If you two wanted to have a weekend to make out and what not, what the fuck am I doing here?&quot;       I get off of Pete&#39;s lap and crawl over to William, who is eying me until I sit down in his lap and stroke his long hair out of his face.       &quot;Well, you know, we kinda wanted you to join us.&quot;       I trace my finger down the side of his face and over to his mouth.       &quot;You w-w-what?&quot;       He sounds nervous. I bend down, just so I know that he was feeling my hot breath on his lips.       &quot;We wanted you to join us.&quot;       I whisper while I try to keep eye contact, which isn&#39;t easy, because he keeps closing his eyes, leaning his head back and mumbling over and over again, &quot;this can&#39;t be true, I&#39;m just dreaming, they&#39;re not real&quot;.       I take a hold of the back of his head and lift it so that it&#39;s right in front of me.       &quot;Hey, look at me.&quot;       He opens his eyes carefully, almost like he&#39;s scared that someone will scream him in the face.       &quot;It&#39;s true, it&#39;s not a dream, we&#39;re real.&quot;       He is hardening. I can feel his hard on against mine, from the position I am sitting on his lap. I start to grind our shorts-clad cocks as Pete takes a hold of William&#39;s face, to make him face him.       &quot;Hey, I know you&#39;ve had a crush on me since forever. I can see it in the way you look at me. You know that we can&#39;t ever be together, like that. I&#39;m married, but you can get the opportunity to have a great fuck buddy, and sometimes, two fuck buddies, right Gabe?&quot;       &quot;Right. So what do you say? I know you want to.&quot;      I place my hand on his cock, which makes him moan.       &quot;That&#39;s it.&quot;      I take a hold of the back of Pete&#39;s head and bend down to kiss William, pulling Pete with me and we end up making out, all three of us.       I break out of the kiss, but they keep going.       &quot;Hey, Pete? How about taking our sextoy into our tent?&quot;       &quot;That is a great idea, Gabe. Let&#39;s go William.&quot;       He stands up pulling William with him. I go into the tent first, finding some lube and some condoms. Pete and William come in right after me.       &quot;Who gets the honor?&quot; I ask Pete, holding up the condom and the lube.       &quot;You. I wanna see if that hot tongue of his is as good at sucking cock as it is at making out.&quot;       Pete takes hold of Williams shirt and pull it over his head and then pull off his shorts. William aren&#39;t wearing boxers.       &quot;Get down on your hands and knees.&quot;      William doesn&#39;t hesitate, his rock hard cock ? standing straight up. William pulls down Pete&#39;s shorts and boxers and doesn&#39;t hesitate on putting it in his mouth. I take off my sweatpants and boxers and give my cock a few strokes before rolling on a condom. Then I get on my knees behind him and take some lube on my fingers and push two of them directly into William&#39;s tight hole, which makes him pull Pete&#39;s cock out of his mouth.       &quot;Oh, fuck, it hurt.&quot;       &quot;Don&#39;t worry. Just concentrate on Pete&#39;s cock in your mouth and the pain will soon disappear.&quot;       He takes Pete&#39;s cock back into his mouth as I start to push another finger inside him. I finger-fuck him for a while until he starts moaning, then I pull out. And he pulls Pete&#39;s cock out of his mouth.       &quot;Put it back in ? now!&quot;       &quot;Relax, William, you&#39;re getting something much better.&quot;       I stand up and start to lube myself up and place myself behind him.       &quot;You ready?&quot;       He can only nod as much as he can with Pete&#39;s cock in his mouth. I start to push in and stop every few seconds to let him adjust to the feeling of my cock in his ass. When I get halfway in I can&#39;t wait any longer, so I push right in, which makes him pull off of Pete&#39;s cock and moan.       &quot;Oh my god, that felt good, do that again.&quot;       I do that again and he takes Pete&#39;s cock back in. Pete and I find a rhythm, that won&#39;t hurt William in any way. After about ten minutes of fucking, Pete can&#39;t stand it any more.       &quot;I&#39;m gonna blow. You want me to pull out, William.&quot;      William just tries to shake his head and pull Pete further in.       &quot;I&#39;m right behind you, Pete.&quot;       I lean a bit forward and reach for William&#39;s cock and start stroking it in the same tempo as me and Pete&#39;s fucking. After about one minute of doing so, we come, all three of us, together. I pull out of William and tie the condom and lie down beside William who is already half-asleep.       &quot;That..was..fucking..hot!&quot; He pants. I look over at Pete and smile. He smiles back.       &quot;So what do you say about going on more camping trips with us in the future?&quot;    ]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div style="text-align: center"><img src="http://bloggfiler.no/loveandwar.blogg.no/images/715129-9-1268441394808.jpg" alt="" /><br /><em>Word count: 2206</em><br /></div><br /><div align="center"><div align="left"><strong> [Gabe]</strong><br /><br /><strong> It&#39;s been a month since my little fuck with Pete happened and I can&#39;t stop thinking about it. I mean, I fucked Pete Wentz, can you blame me for thinking about it? It&#39;s not everyday you get to fuck him. It&#39;s Pete Wentz for crying out loud!</strong> <br /><br /><strong> I haven&#39;t had the courage to call him after that day. I have his number and all, but I don&#39;t know what to say to him, and I don&#39;t want to make a fool of myself. It&#39;s not like I can call him and say; &quot;Hey, Pete, remember me? It&#39;s Gabe, you know that teenage boy who fucked you in the elevator at the Tipton hotel about a month ago. I just wanted you to know that you were a great fuck and I&#39;d like to fuck you again.&quot;</strong> <br /><br /><strong> I don&#39;t think so!</strong> <br /><br /><strong> Anyway, I&#39;m at school right now, and I&#39;m sitting under a big three with my four best friends Alex, Victoria, Ryland and Nate. We&#39;re eating lunch. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> *Baby, seasons change but people don&#39;t. and I&#39;ll always be waiting in the back room*</strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Hello?&quot;</strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Hey Gabe, it&#39;s Pete.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> I froze. Like ? what the fuck? Pete Wentz is calling me! </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Oh, hi, Pete. What&#39;s up?&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> I look over at my friends who drop their food and star at me open mouthed. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Not much, I was just calling to say that I haven&#39;t stopped thinking about what happened last month.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Neither have I.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;So, I was wondering if you want to come with me and a friend to Norway ? we&#39;re going camping. I know a place where it&#39;s no fans. Well, there is one, but I know her, and I&#39;ve told her not to disturb us.&quot;</strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;You want me to come with you and a friend to Norway to got camping. When, how long, why and who&#39;s the friend?&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Yeah, I want you to come with us, this weekend. We&#39;re staying there for a week. And I kinda want you to help me seducing William Beckett, I&#39;ve wanted to fuck him ever since I saw him.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;YOU WANT ME TO SEDUCE WILLIAM BECKETT?!&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> That makes everyone around me shut up and stare at me and it makes Pete laugh.</strong> <br /><br /><strong> Shit. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Let me guess. You&#39;re at school and that was too loud?&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Yeah, why don&#39;t I call you back when I get home?&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> I hang up before he could say anything and look around; absolutely everybody is staring at me. Well, except Alex, Victoria, Nate and Ryland. They&#39;re laughing.</strong> <br /><br /><strong> How embarrassing. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Uhm, I ...&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> Think Gabe, think for fuck sake. If you can&#39;t use your brain in class, you can at least use your brain saving your ass right now. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;I didn&#39;t mean that literally. I was talking to a friend of mine from Norway. Her name is Victoria. Not her Victoria, Victoria from Norway, Victoria. Yeah.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> Where am I going with this?</strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Anyway, Victoria is writing a fanfic about William Beckett and me, and she was thinking about having me seducing William in an elevator at a hotel. She was just asking me what I would do if that was ever going to happen to me in real life, you know. Like I ever get to seduce the real William Beckett. I&#39;m never going to be in the same elevator with him. Who do you think I am? Pete Wentz?&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> I think that actually worked, because it makes everyone continue doing whatever they were doing before I interrupted them. I turn to look at my friends, who are still laughing. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Since when did you get a friend from Norway?&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Oh shut up, try to come up with a better excuse. Now come on, we&#39;re going to my place.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> I stand up, grab my things and start walking towards my car. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;But Gabe, we can&#39;t just leave, we have classes, remember?&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> I turn around and look at them. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Fuck school, I&#39;m going camping with Pete Wentz and William Beckett for a whole week, in Norway for fucks sake!&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> That makes them stand up and run after me. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;You&#39;re mom will never let you go.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> I smile and put on my sunglasses. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;That&#39;s why I have you guys.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> *** </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;So I&#39;m gonna make this fake trip thing from school and make my mom sign it, so she thinks that I&#39;ll be gone for a week. Then I want you Victoria, to call the school, pretending to be my mom and tell them that I&#39;m going to Norway to my uncles funeral and that I&#39;ll be gone for a week. If any of you meet my mom when I&#39;m gone, just tell her that you couldn&#39;t go because you&#39;re mom wouldn&#39;t let you or something, I don&#39;t know, just come up with something.&quot;</strong> <br /><br /><strong> I have this all planned, now I&#39;m just gonna call Pete and tell him that I&#39;m in. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Hi, Pete, it&#39;s Gabe.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Hey, what&#39;s up?&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;I was just gonna tell you that I&#39;ll come with you and help you to seduce William.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Awesome, so we&#39;ll pick you up on tomorrow afternoon, outside the hotel we met, okay?&quot;</strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Great, I&#39;ll see you then.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> We hang up, and I can&#39;t help but scream. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Gabriel, honey, are you okay?&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Shit, everybody, grab some books, a pencil and pretend to study. My mom will be here in ten seconds.&quot;</strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;How do you know?&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Just do it and you&#39;ll see.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> We grabbed some books and a pencil right in time for my mom to come in. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Gabriel, is everything okay in here? Why are you screaming? Aren&#39;t you suppose to be in school?&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Yeah, mom, we&#39;re okay. I just found out Alex and Victoria here just got together, and I&#39;m just so happy for them.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> I got up and over to them and hugged both of them at the same time. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Yeah, Mrs. Saporta, it&#39;s true. We got together yesterday.&quot;</strong> <br /><br /><strong> Victoria turn to me and gives me a death glare. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;I&#39;m happy for you. Well, I&#39;m gonna leave you alone now.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> She leaves and I get back in the chair where I sat, ignoring the glares they give me. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;So I&#39;m dating Victoria? Since when did that happen?&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Since yesterday.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> I smirk and walk over to my closet; time to pack.</strong> <br /><br /><strong> **</strong> <br /><br /><strong> Oh my god, I can&#39;t believe that I&#39;m in Norway, on a camping trip with Pete Wentz and William Becket. Like, that&#39;s so amazing. We&#39;re all packed out and our tent is up. We&#39;re actually sleeping in the same tent. This is too much for me to handle. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> Our tent is at the very end of a island, kind of. Or it&#39;s a county really, based on a lot of islands, and we&#39;re on the very end of the last island on the mainland. There is absolutely no people here, and nobody can see us from where we set up our tent, and we&#39;ve got this beautiful view of the sunset. I love it here. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> We&#39;re sitting at a rock facing the sunset, and Pete has his arm around me while I lean myself on him. I&#39;m drinking Red Bull and they are drinking beer. I can&#39;t have any, because I&#39;m underage. Pete let a teenage boy fuck him, but he won&#39;t give the teenage boy beer? What kind of man is he? </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Come on, Pete, just let me have some.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;No, Gabe, you&#39;re underage.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Oh, come on.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;No.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Fine.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> I glared at him and turned to William. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;William?&quot; I put on my cutest smile and eyes. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Never gonna happen, kid.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;I&#39;m not a kid.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;You&#39;re seventeen. Which makes you a kid.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;I&#39;m not a kid.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> I turned to Pete. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Pete, I&#39;m not a kid. Tell him.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;William, he&#39;s not a kid. He&#39;s my kid.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> I stare at him and he just smirks and take a sip of his beer. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;So, you&#39;re into incest, huh ? Dad?&quot;</strong> <br /><br /><strong> Pete chokes on his bear and William starts laughing. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;You know I didn&#39;t mean it like that.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> I smile and move over to his lap, facing him. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;I know that, I was just joking.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> I bend down to kiss him, but it soon become a make-out session. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Okay, break it up. If you two wanted to have a weekend to make out and what not, what the fuck am I doing here?&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> I get off of Pete&#39;s lap and crawl over to William, who is eying me until I sit down in his lap and stroke his long hair out of his face. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Well, you know, we kinda wanted you to join us.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> I trace my finger down the side of his face and over to his mouth. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;You w-w-what?&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> He sounds nervous. I bend down, just so I know that he was feeling my hot breath on his lips. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;We wanted you to join us.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> I whisper while I try to keep eye contact, which isn&#39;t easy, because he keeps closing his eyes, leaning his head back and mumbling over and over again, &quot;this can&#39;t be true, I&#39;m just dreaming, they&#39;re not real&quot;. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> I take a hold of the back of his head and lift it so that it&#39;s right in front of me. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Hey, look at me.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> He opens his eyes carefully, almost like he&#39;s scared that someone will scream him in the face. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;It&#39;s true, it&#39;s not a dream, we&#39;re real.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> He is hardening. I can feel his hard on against mine, from the position I am sitting on his lap. I start to grind our shorts-clad cocks as Pete takes a hold of William&#39;s face, to make him face him. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Hey, I know you&#39;ve had a crush on me since forever. I can see it in the way you look at me. You know that we can&#39;t ever be together, like that. I&#39;m married, but you can get the opportunity to have a great fuck buddy, and sometimes, two fuck buddies, right Gabe?&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Right. So what do you say? I know you want to.&quot;</strong> <br /><br /><strong> I place my hand on his cock, which makes him moan. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;That&#39;s it.&quot;</strong> <br /><br /><strong> I take a hold of the back of Pete&#39;s head and bend down to kiss William, pulling Pete with me and we end up making out, all three of us. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> I break out of the kiss, but they keep going. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Hey, Pete? How about taking our sextoy into our tent?&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;That is a great idea, Gabe. Let&#39;s go William.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> He stands up pulling William with him. I go into the tent first, finding some lube and some condoms. Pete and William come in right after me. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Who gets the honor?&quot; I ask Pete, holding up the condom and the lube. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;You. I wanna see if that hot tongue of his is as good at sucking cock as it is at making out.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> Pete takes hold of Williams shirt and pull it over his head and then pull off his shorts. William aren&#39;t wearing boxers. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Get down on your hands and knees.&quot;</strong> <br /><br /><strong> William doesn&#39;t hesitate, his rock hard cock ? standing straight up. William pulls down Pete&#39;s shorts and boxers and doesn&#39;t hesitate on putting it in his mouth. I take off my sweatpants and boxers and give my cock a few strokes before rolling on a condom. Then I get on my knees behind him and take some lube on my fingers and push two of them directly into William&#39;s tight hole, which makes him pull Pete&#39;s cock out of his mouth. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Oh, fuck, it hurt.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Don&#39;t worry. Just concentrate on Pete&#39;s cock in your mouth and the pain will soon disappear.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> He takes Pete&#39;s cock back into his mouth as I start to push another finger inside him. I finger-fuck him for a while until he starts moaning, then I pull out. And he pulls Pete&#39;s cock out of his mouth. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Put it back in ? now!&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Relax, William, you&#39;re getting something much better.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> I stand up and start to lube myself up and place myself behind him. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;You ready?&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> He can only nod as much as he can with Pete&#39;s cock in his mouth. I start to push in and stop every few seconds to let him adjust to the feeling of my cock in his ass. When I get halfway in I can&#39;t wait any longer, so I push right in, which makes him pull off of Pete&#39;s cock and moan. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Oh my god, that felt good, do that again.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> I do that again and he takes Pete&#39;s cock back in. Pete and I find a rhythm, that won&#39;t hurt William in any way. After about ten minutes of fucking, Pete can&#39;t stand it any more. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;I&#39;m gonna blow. You want me to pull out, William.&quot;</strong> <br /><br /><strong> William just tries to shake his head and pull Pete further in. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;I&#39;m right behind you, Pete.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> I lean a bit forward and reach for William&#39;s cock and start stroking it in the same tempo as me and Pete&#39;s fucking. After about one minute of doing so, we come, all three of us, together. I pull out of William and tie the condom and lie down beside William who is already half-asleep. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;That..was..fucking..hot!&quot; He pants. I look over at Pete and smile. He smiles back. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;So what do you say about going on more camping trips with us in the future?&quot;</strong></div> </div>]]></content:encoded>
			<bs:blogid></bs:blogid>
			<bs:blogurl></bs:blogurl>
			<bs:blogname></bs:blogname>
			<bs:itemtitle></bs:itemtitle>
			<bs:image-profile></bs:image-profile>
			<bs:url-profile></bs:url-profile>
			<bs:comments>0</bs:comments>
						<bs:image>http://bloggfiler.no/loveandwar.blogg.no/images/715129-9-1268441394808.jpg</bs:image>
					
		</item>

		
		<item>
			<title>Fucking Pete Wentz</title>
			<pubDate>Mon, 01 Mar 2010 11:32:50 GMT</pubDate>
			<link>http://loveandwar.blogg.no/1267443170_fucking_pete_wentz.html</link>
			<guid>http://loveandwar.blogg.no/1267443170_fucking_pete_wentz.html</guid>
			<description><![CDATA[    Word count: 2233        [Gabe]      &quot;Hey Gabe, you ready?&quot;     My friend Alex just walked into my room where I am standing in front of the mirror making myself look hot. Tonight is the night I am gonna stand in the front row, watching my favorite band Fall Out Boy live with my best friend. This night is gonna be so awesome.       &quot;Almost, I just have to put on some eyeliner.&quot;       I put on some eyeliner and turn to look at Alex.       &quot;What do you think?&quot;      I turn all the way around, showing myself off like a girl does when she shows off her prom dress.      Alex looks at me, up and down, studying me, before looking right at me and smiling.      &quot;You look hot!&quot;      I smile and hug him. Then we start walking out to his car.      &quot;Tonight is gonna be so awesome.&quot;       &quot;I know, right.&quot;       **      &quot;This is our last song tonight! I wanna thank you all for coming, you&#39;re awesome!&quot;       This is fucking incredible! I start to scream and jump, just like the other teenagers here, as Patrick starts singing the beginning words of ?Thanks For The Memories?.      &quot;I&#39;m gonna make it bend and break     Say a prayer but let the good times roll    In case God doesn&#39;t show...&quot;      **      After the concert I tell Alex that my mom is going to pick me up, since she&#39;s nearby. That way, Alex doesn&#39;t have to drive all the way to my place, then drive back to his house. I lie though; my mom isn&#39;t going to pick me up.       I sat in a tree, with perfect view over the parking lot everyone who has something to do with the concert park their cars. I can see every person who comes into the lot. That&#39;s where I see him, Pete Wentz, surrounded by his band mates. I jump down from the tree and walk over to my car, which I parked nearby the day before. As I get in and start the car, I see the limo drive out of the lot. I let them drive a bit, but not so far that I can&#39;t see them, then I follow them. I drive a few cars behind them, so they won&#39;t suspect anything.      I follow them all the way to the Tipton hotel, where my friend, Victoria is working.      Perfect.      As they get out of the limo, I park across the street and go inside, taking my bag with me. I act like I don&#39;t care that Fall Out Boy are walking across the lobby, and go over to Victoria, who is standing by the candy counter.       &quot;How was the concert?&quot;       She asks me as she gives me a hug.      &quot;It was awesome. Listen, I need you to do me a favor.&quot;      &quot;Okay, what?&quot;       &quot;I&#39;m planning on seducing Pete tonight ? I just have to get him somewhere where no one can see us.&quot;      She gives me a funny look, before smiling.       &quot;I can get you alone with him in the elevator and make it stop, so you&#39;re stuck.&quot;      &quot;You can do that?&quot;       &quot;Yeah, follow me.&quot;      I follow her as she walks over to the desk where the manager stands.       &quot;I&#39;m sorry, Mr. Blackinton, but do you mind if I borrow the phone? You see, my friend here lost his room key, and his mom is up there, but she won&#39;t answer the door, so I was wondering if I could call up and see if she&#39;s there.&quot;       Mr. Blackinton looks suspicious, but nods his head and lets her borrow the phone. As Mr. Blackinton walks away, Victoria quickly scans the computer, to find something.       &quot;Ah, here it is. Room 986.&quot;       She walks back over to the phone and dials something. She smiles as the phone starts ringing.      &quot;Hey, who am I talking to?&quot;       &quot;...&quot;       I hate not hearing what the person on the other line is saying.       &quot;Oh, hey Mr. Wentz. I&#39;m Victoria Asher, I work at the candy counter and I&#39;m a huge fan. I was wondering if I could get your autograph.&quot;       &quot;...&quot;      &quot;No, just you, please.&quot;      &quot;...&quot;       &quot;Okay, I see you then.&quot;       She hangs up, takes the newspaper that was lying on the desk, and gives it to me.       &quot;Quick, sit down at those couches over there, pretend to read this, and as you see Pete walking back into the elevator, follow him. I&#39;ll go down and make it stop. If it stops, it wont go back on before an hour has passed, so use your time.&quot;       I jump and hug her. I can&#39;t believe she is doing this for me.       &quot;Thanks, Vic.&quot;       I do as she says and sit down on the couch just as Pete walks out of the elevator and over to Victoria. They talk for about a minute and then he writes something down, which I guess was his autograph. Then he walks back over to the elevator, as he presses the button, waiting for it to come down, I quickly walk over to him, and stand beside him, waiting for the elevator. I turn around and saw Victoria running away. When the elevator arrives at our floor, we both step in.       &quot;Which floor?&quot; He asks, turning to me with a smile.       &quot;Seven, please.&quot;       He presses seven, and the door closes, the elevator going quiet. Two, three, four, five, five and a half?finally.       &quot;What the hell?&quot;       He starts to push all the buttons, but it doesn&#39;t work. I happy dance. On the inside of course, on the outside I have to look just as pissed as he is.       &quot;You should call security.&quot;       He does as I say.       &quot;Hello, this is Pete Wentz. You know, the bassist of the band Fall Out Boy?&quot;      &quot;...&quot;      &quot;Yeah, thanks. Listen, I&#39;m stuck in the elevator.&quot;       &quot;...&quot;      &quot;No, just me and some guy. Can you get us out of here?&quot;      &quot;...&quot;      &quot;What? An hour?&quot;      &quot;...&quot;       &quot;Fine.&quot;       He hangs up and turns to me.       &quot;Looks like we&#39;re stuck.&quot;       I pretend to look pissed.      &quot;Can&#39;t they get us out of here?&quot;       &quot;No, the elevator will start by itself in one hour.&quot;       The elevator becomes quiet, and I decide to make my move. I walk over to him, and stand right in front if him.       &quot;What are you ...&quot;       &quot;Shh,&quot; I put my finger over his mouth. &quot;Don&#39;t say anything.&quot;       I lean in, so close that I can feel his hot breath on my face, then I kiss him on the side of his mouth as I slide one hand all the way down over his stomach until I reach his cock. I start to squeeze it gently.       He tells me to stop, that he doesn&#39;t want me to do this to him, but he makes no attempt to make me go away.       &quot;I know you want this as much as I do. You don&#39;t want me to go, do you?&quot;       I whisper in his ear before I carefully bite his earlobe and squeeze his hardening cock once more, before taking my hand away.      &quot;No,&quot; He tries to turn around to meet my face, but I pull away.       &quot;No what?&quot;      He breathes in, and closes his eyes before breathing out.      &quot;I don&#39;t want you to go.&quot;       I got him right where I want him. I pin him against the wall, one arm on the wall behind him.       &quot;Then what do you want me to do?&quot;       He tries to lean up and kiss me, but I pull away before he gets the chance.       &quot;Say it.&quot;       &quot;I want you to kiss me.&quot;       I smirk.      &quot;Where do you want me to kiss you?&quot;       &quot;Here?&quot;       I kiss him on the neck, and he moans. I guess I found his weak spot.      &quot;Here?&quot;       I place a gentle kiss on his nose, while looking straight into those beautiful brown eyes. All he&#39;s seems able to do is whimper.       &quot;Or here?&quot;       I can&#39;t tease him anymore, so I just kiss him, hard. He doesn&#39;t waste any time on letting my tongue explore his mouth. I pull away for air, and just look at him. His beautiful lips, now swollen and red, because of me. I look down between us and see the bulge in his tight black pants.       &quot;Doesn&#39;t it hurt having that big cock of yours trapped in those jeans?&quot;       I smirk and sit down on my knees. He looks down at me as I am face to face with his zipper. I gently open it and get his cock out. I lick the tip and look up at him. He&#39;s standing there, eyes closed and head back. I start to jerk him off, his pre-cum getting my hand wet. He quietly moans, but not so quietly that I can&#39;t hear it.       &quot;Do you like it?&quot;       All he&#39;s able to do is nod, and come with a bunch of &quot;uh-huh&quot;s. I pull his pants all the way down and take his cock in my mouth. I&#39;m not a virgin when it comes to giving blow jobs, so it&#39;s not a problem for me to deep-throat him. With the sound of him moaning and giving various curses under his breath, I know it drives him crazy.       I take my mouth off his cock, gasping for air as I do so. I put a finger in my mouth and suck on it, just the way I sucked Pete&#39;s cock. As I go back to suck his cock, I take my finger and gently press it into his asshole. It&#39;s tight; like a virgin. I push around a little, trying to find his prostate, and I know I have found it when he starts moaning out loud.       &quot;Oh fuck, do that again!&quot;       I do it again, and just as the last time, he moans. Fuck, this is turning me on so bad.       &quot;Do you like that?&quot;       He starts to push himself down on my finger, trying to get it further in.       &quot;How about getting something bigger up there?&quot;       I start to pull my finger out, and I can feel him trying to hold me back, but I mange to pull it out and stand up.      &quot;I don&#39;t know. I&#39;ve never done this before.&quot;       &quot;Don&#39;t worry, I&#39;m not gonna hurt you.&quot;       I cup his cheek and kiss his lips passionately.      &quot;Do you have protection?&quot;       I go over to my bag, which was lying in the corner, and dig out a condom and a bottle of lube. He looks at me like I&#39;m crazy.       &quot;Did you plan this or something?&quot;       I smirk.       &quot;Maybe, now turn around and spread your legs.&quot;       He does as I say and I get on my knees behind him. I put some lube on my fingers, and pushed two fingers in his ass. He winces and tries to push me out.       &quot;It burns. Get it out of me.&quot;       I kiss his ass cheek, and take my fingers out.       &quot;Just relax. The pain will go away. Let me try it one more time.&quot;       I put some more lube on my fingers, and push back inside, this time he doesn&#39;t try to push out. I scissor my fingers for a bit ? to open him up, and he starts to moan. He&#39;s ready for my cock now. I stand up and undo my pants. I then roll the condom on and smear lube all over it. Then I position myself behind him.      &quot;Now, remember, try to relax. The pain will soon go away, and the pleasure will come.&quot;       I slowly press the head of my cock in. He breathes really slowly, and soon the head of my cock is inside him. Now I can start to push all the way in.      With one and on his hips and one hand on his back, I push in ? comforting him all the way trough. When I get inside, I stop to let him adjust to the feeling of me inside of him.       &quot;Tell me when you&#39;re ready.&quot;       We stay that way for about two minutes, me stroking his cock while waiting.       &quot;Okay, now.&quot;       I slowly pull out, but I push all the way back in hard. Making a rhythm; trying to find his prostate.       &quot;Oh, right there.&quot;       I guess I found it. I start fucking him, hitting his prostate every time. He moans so loud that I am afraid someone would hear us.       &quot;Fuck me! Harder!&quot;       And I do as he tells me. As soon as I can feel the pleasure in the pit of my stomach, I take a hold of his cock and start to pump it, in the same pace as I fuck him.       &quot;Come with me.&quot;       I fuck him even faster, as I am about to come.       &quot;Oh!&quot;       He comes into my hand, just as I come inside of him. I lay down atop him to take a breath, just as the elevator starts to move. It&#39;s going downwards.      &quot;Shit.&quot;       I reach for my bag, and take out some toilet paper I have in there. I quickly dry Pete&#39;s cum off my hand, before pulling out of him and taking the condom off. I tie it and throw it in my bag. Then I throw the lube into it and close it, before pulling up my pants and straighten up. As the elevator comes down to the lobby, I feel Pete hug me from behind.       &quot;Ask your friend for my number, I gave it to her.&quot;       He push me out of the elevator as soon as the door opens and I turn to face him.       &quot;How did you know?&quot;       He smirks.       &quot;Goodbye  Gabe .&quot;    ]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div style="text-align: center"><img src="http://bloggfiler.no/loveandwar.blogg.no/images/715129-9-1268441296988.jpg" alt="" /><br /><em>Word count: 2233</em><br /><br /></div><div align="center"><div align="left"><strong> [Gabe] </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Hey Gabe, you ready?&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> My friend Alex just walked into my room where I am standing in front of the mirror making myself look hot. Tonight is the night I am gonna stand in the front row, watching my favorite band Fall Out Boy live with my best friend. This night is gonna be so awesome. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Almost, I just have to put on some eyeliner.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> I put on some eyeliner and turn to look at Alex. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;What do you think?&quot;</strong> <br /><br /><strong> I turn all the way around, showing myself off like a girl does when she shows off her prom dress. </strong> <br /><strong> Alex looks at me, up and down, studying me, before looking right at me and smiling. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;You look hot!&quot;</strong> <br /><br /><strong> I smile and hug him. Then we start walking out to his car.</strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Tonight is gonna be so awesome.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;I know, right.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> **</strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;This is our last song tonight! I wanna thank you all for coming, you&#39;re awesome!&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> This is fucking incredible! I start to scream and jump, just like the other teenagers here, as Patrick starts singing the beginning words of ?Thanks For The Memories?.</strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;I&#39;m gonna make it bend and break</strong> <br /><strong> Say a prayer but let the good times roll</strong><br /><strong> In case God doesn&#39;t show...&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> **</strong> <br /><br /><strong> After the concert I tell Alex that my mom is going to pick me up, since she&#39;s nearby. That way, Alex doesn&#39;t have to drive all the way to my place, then drive back to his house. I lie though; my mom isn&#39;t going to pick me up. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> I sat in a tree, with perfect view over the parking lot everyone who has something to do with the concert park their cars. I can see every person who comes into the lot. That&#39;s where I see him, Pete Wentz, surrounded by his band mates. I jump down from the tree and walk over to my car, which I parked nearby the day before. As I get in and start the car, I see the limo drive out of the lot. I let them drive a bit, but not so far that I can&#39;t see them, then I follow them. I drive a few cars behind them, so they won&#39;t suspect anything.</strong> <br /><br /><strong> I follow them all the way to the Tipton hotel, where my friend, Victoria is working.</strong> <br /><br /><strong> Perfect.</strong> <br /><br /><strong> As they get out of the limo, I park across the street and go inside, taking my bag with me. I act like I don&#39;t care that Fall Out Boy are walking across the lobby, and go over to Victoria, who is standing by the candy counter. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;How was the concert?&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> She asks me as she gives me a hug.</strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;It was awesome. Listen, I need you to do me a favor.&quot;</strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Okay, what?&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;I&#39;m planning on seducing Pete tonight ? I just have to get him somewhere where no one can see us.&quot;</strong> <br /><br /><strong> She gives me a funny look, before smiling. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;I can get you alone with him in the elevator and make it stop, so you&#39;re stuck.&quot;</strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;You can do that?&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Yeah, follow me.&quot;</strong> <br /><br /><strong> I follow her as she walks over to the desk where the manager stands. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;I&#39;m sorry, Mr. Blackinton, but do you mind if I borrow the phone? You see, my friend here lost his room key, and his mom is up there, but she won&#39;t answer the door, so I was wondering if I could call up and see if she&#39;s there.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> Mr. Blackinton looks suspicious, but nods his head and lets her borrow the phone. As Mr. Blackinton walks away, Victoria quickly scans the computer, to find something. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Ah, here it is. Room 986.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> She walks back over to the phone and dials something. She smiles as the phone starts ringing.</strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Hey, who am I talking to?&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;...&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> I hate not hearing what the person on the other line is saying. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Oh, hey Mr. Wentz. I&#39;m Victoria Asher, I work at the candy counter and I&#39;m a huge fan. I was wondering if I could get your autograph.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;...&quot;</strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;No, just you, please.&quot;</strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;...&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Okay, I see you then.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> She hangs up, takes the newspaper that was lying on the desk, and gives it to me. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Quick, sit down at those couches over there, pretend to read this, and as you see Pete walking back into the elevator, follow him. I&#39;ll go down and make it stop. If it stops, it wont go back on before an hour has passed, so use your time.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> I jump and hug her. I can&#39;t believe she is doing this for me. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Thanks, Vic.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> I do as she says and sit down on the couch just as Pete walks out of the elevator and over to Victoria. They talk for about a minute and then he writes something down, which I guess was his autograph. Then he walks back over to the elevator, as he presses the button, waiting for it to come down, I quickly walk over to him, and stand beside him, waiting for the elevator. I turn around and saw Victoria running away. When the elevator arrives at our floor, we both step in. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Which floor?&quot; He asks, turning to me with a smile. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Seven, please.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> He presses seven, and the door closes, the elevator going quiet. Two, three, four, five, five and a half?finally. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;What the hell?&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> He starts to push all the buttons, but it doesn&#39;t work. I happy dance. On the inside of course, on the outside I have to look just as pissed as he is. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;You should call security.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> He does as I say. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Hello, this is Pete Wentz. You know, the bassist of the band Fall Out Boy?&quot;</strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;...&quot;</strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Yeah, thanks. Listen, I&#39;m stuck in the elevator.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;...&quot;</strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;No, just me and some guy. Can you get us out of here?&quot;</strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;...&quot;</strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;What? An hour?&quot;</strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;...&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Fine.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> He hangs up and turns to me. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Looks like we&#39;re stuck.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> I pretend to look pissed.</strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Can&#39;t they get us out of here?&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;No, the elevator will start by itself in one hour.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> The elevator becomes quiet, and I decide to make my move. I walk over to him, and stand right in front if him. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;What are you ...&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Shh,&quot; I put my finger over his mouth. &quot;Don&#39;t say anything.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> I lean in, so close that I can feel his hot breath on my face, then I kiss him on the side of his mouth as I slide one hand all the way down over his stomach until I reach his cock. I start to squeeze it gently. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> He tells me to stop, that he doesn&#39;t want me to do this to him, but he makes no attempt to make me go away. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;I know you want this as much as I do. You don&#39;t want me to go, do you?&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> I whisper in his ear before I carefully bite his earlobe and squeeze his hardening cock once more, before taking my hand away.</strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;No,&quot; He tries to turn around to meet my face, but I pull away. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;No what?&quot;</strong> <br /><br /><strong> He breathes in, and closes his eyes before breathing out.</strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;I don&#39;t want you to go.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> I got him right where I want him. I pin him against the wall, one arm on the wall behind him. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Then what do you want me to do?&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> He tries to lean up and kiss me, but I pull away before he gets the chance. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Say it.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;I want you to kiss me.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> I smirk.</strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Where do you want me to kiss you?&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Here?&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> I kiss him on the neck, and he moans. I guess I found his weak spot.</strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Here?&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> I place a gentle kiss on his nose, while looking straight into those beautiful brown eyes. All he&#39;s seems able to do is whimper. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Or here?&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> I can&#39;t tease him anymore, so I just kiss him, hard. He doesn&#39;t waste any time on letting my tongue explore his mouth. I pull away for air, and just look at him. His beautiful lips, now swollen and red, because of me. I look down between us and see the bulge in his tight black pants. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Doesn&#39;t it hurt having that big cock of yours trapped in those jeans?&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> I smirk and sit down on my knees. He looks down at me as I am face to face with his zipper. I gently open it and get his cock out. I lick the tip and look up at him. He&#39;s standing there, eyes closed and head back. I start to jerk him off, his pre-cum getting my hand wet. He quietly moans, but not so quietly that I can&#39;t hear it. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Do you like it?&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> All he&#39;s able to do is nod, and come with a bunch of &quot;uh-huh&quot;s. I pull his pants all the way down and take his cock in my mouth. I&#39;m not a virgin when it comes to giving blow jobs, so it&#39;s not a problem for me to deep-throat him. With the sound of him moaning and giving various curses under his breath, I know it drives him crazy. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> I take my mouth off his cock, gasping for air as I do so. I put a finger in my mouth and suck on it, just the way I sucked Pete&#39;s cock. As I go back to suck his cock, I take my finger and gently press it into his asshole. It&#39;s tight; like a virgin. I push around a little, trying to find his prostate, and I know I have found it when he starts moaning out loud. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Oh fuck, do that again!&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> I do it again, and just as the last time, he moans. Fuck, this is turning me on so bad. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Do you like that?&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> He starts to push himself down on my finger, trying to get it further in. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;How about getting something bigger up there?&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> I start to pull my finger out, and I can feel him trying to hold me back, but I mange to pull it out and stand up.</strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;I don&#39;t know. I&#39;ve never done this before.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Don&#39;t worry, I&#39;m not gonna hurt you.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> I cup his cheek and kiss his lips passionately.</strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Do you have protection?&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> I go over to my bag, which was lying in the corner, and dig out a condom and a bottle of lube. He looks at me like I&#39;m crazy. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Did you plan this or something?&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> I smirk. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Maybe, now turn around and spread your legs.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> He does as I say and I get on my knees behind him. I put some lube on my fingers, and pushed two fingers in his ass. He winces and tries to push me out. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;It burns. Get it out of me.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> I kiss his ass cheek, and take my fingers out. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Just relax. The pain will go away. Let me try it one more time.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> I put some more lube on my fingers, and push back inside, this time he doesn&#39;t try to push out. I scissor my fingers for a bit ? to open him up, and he starts to moan. He&#39;s ready for my cock now. I stand up and undo my pants. I then roll the condom on and smear lube all over it. Then I position myself behind him.</strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Now, remember, try to relax. The pain will soon go away, and the pleasure will come.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> I slowly press the head of my cock in. He breathes really slowly, and soon the head of my cock is inside him. Now I can start to push all the way in.</strong> <br /><br /><strong> With one and on his hips and one hand on his back, I push in ? comforting him all the way trough. When I get inside, I stop to let him adjust to the feeling of me inside of him. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Tell me when you&#39;re ready.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> We stay that way for about two minutes, me stroking his cock while waiting. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Okay, now.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> I slowly pull out, but I push all the way back in hard. Making a rhythm; trying to find his prostate. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Oh, right there.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> I guess I found it. I start fucking him, hitting his prostate every time. He moans so loud that I am afraid someone would hear us. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Fuck me! Harder!&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> And I do as he tells me. As soon as I can feel the pleasure in the pit of my stomach, I take a hold of his cock and start to pump it, in the same pace as I fuck him. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Come with me.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> I fuck him even faster, as I am about to come. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Oh!&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> He comes into my hand, just as I come inside of him. I lay down atop him to take a breath, just as the elevator starts to move. It&#39;s going downwards.</strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Shit.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> I reach for my bag, and take out some toilet paper I have in there. I quickly dry Pete&#39;s cum off my hand, before pulling out of him and taking the condom off. I tie it and throw it in my bag. Then I throw the lube into it and close it, before pulling up my pants and straighten up. As the elevator comes down to the lobby, I feel Pete hug me from behind. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Ask your friend for my number, I gave it to her.&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> He push me out of the elevator as soon as the door opens and I turn to face him. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;How did you know?&quot; </strong> <br /><br /><strong> He smirks. </strong> <br /><br /><strong> &quot;Goodbye <em>Gabe</em>.&quot;</strong></div> </div>]]></content:encoded>
			<bs:blogid></bs:blogid>
			<bs:blogurl></bs:blogurl>
			<bs:blogname></bs:blogname>
			<bs:itemtitle></bs:itemtitle>
			<bs:image-profile></bs:image-profile>
			<bs:url-profile></bs:url-profile>
			<bs:comments>4</bs:comments>
						<bs:image>http://bloggfiler.no/loveandwar.blogg.no/images/715129-9-1268441296988.jpg</bs:image>
					
		</item>

		
		<item>
			<title>Thanks For The Memories</title>
			<pubDate>Sun, 28 Feb 2010 23:25:52 GMT</pubDate>
			<link>http://loveandwar.blogg.no/1267399552_thanks_for_the_memori.html</link>
			<guid>http://loveandwar.blogg.no/1267399552_thanks_for_the_memori.html</guid>
			<description><![CDATA[    Word count: 1218      [Frank]             He sat on the hard, brown, wooden chair on the first row, his hands over his crotch to hide his erection, drooling over this amazing stripper that stood in front of him. His his hazel brown eyes was plastered on the strippers unbelievably big, hard cock that was clearly visible in his pink man thong.      This is what Frank Iero did every night. Every night he would sit on the hard, brown, wooden chair on the first row, holding his hands over his erection, drooling over that amazing stripper. Staring at his big, hard cock. Every night he would get a lap dance, get unbelievably hard, every night he go home with that unbelievably hard on and jerk himself off watching a tape named &quot;What is going on in a gay strip club?&quot; that he once made for a school project. That was the first, but not the last time he visited &quot;The Black Rose&quot; and the first, but not the last time he saw this amazingly hot stripper, Gerard Way.     While Frank sat there drooling, Gerard was looking on that guy with black hair, black tight pants, Iron Maiden tee and hands over his hard-on. He was simply the hottest guy on earth and he was the reason Gerard came to work every night. He was the one Gerard wanted to fuck senseless ever since his first day at work. And today was the day Gerard was going to do it.      As Gerard walked over to do the every night lap dance for the hot guy he took out that yellow post-it note that he had hidden in his pink man thong. He was gonna open the zipper in the hot guys pants and put the post-it note inside.      As Gerard started to dance he moved Frank&#39;s hands from his hard-on, Frank&#39;s eyes got wide and he gasped as Gerard went down on his knees in front of him and started to unzip his pants. Gerard put his hands inside and lightly touched Frank&#39;s dick. Frank gave a quiet moan, but it was loud enough for Gerard too hear. Frank was a bit disappointed as Gerard took his hand out and stood up, but he didn&#39;t let it show. Nothing is gonna happen, right?      Gerard bended down to Frank&#39;s ear, smelling Frank&#39;s strawberry shampoo on the way and softly whispered;      &quot;That moan was soooo hot.&quot;     He then blew some air into Frank&#39;s ear, before he whispered again;      &quot;You might wanna check your pants.&quot;     With that said, he walked back on stage, picked up the money that was trowed at him during his little show, then he went backstage, blowing a kiss to Frank just before he disappeared behind the curtains.      Frank looked down to his now open fly and noticed the yellow post-it note. He picked it up and read it.      &quot;I sooo wanna fuck you right now. I&#39;ll be waiting for you in the bathroom backstage. Just show the guard this note and he let you in.&quot;     Frank immediately stood up and went backstage. He showed the guard the note and the guard let him in with a smile. Frank blushed and went in. There were a lot of people back there, but Frank didn&#39;t care. All he cared about was that he was so horny and wanted Gerard to fuck him right now.      In the bathroom, Gerard stood against the sink with his pink bathrobe on. He was finally going to fuck this hot guy he had been watching for almost two months now. A low knock snapped Gerard out of his thought and he reached for the doorknob. &quot;This is is.&quot; he thought as he took a deep breath before opening the door, pulling the little guy in and roughly presses his lips against Frank&#39;s.     Frank reached behind his back, so he could close the door. Once it was closed Gerard pushed Frank against it before he pulled away.      &quot;Fuck, you taste so fucking good. I&#39;ve been waiting for this sooo long. I could kiss you all day, but I know something that I bet taste even better.&quot;     Gerard gave Frank an horny grin before he slowly started to bend down on his knees. Frank was too horny to say anything.      Gerard slowly started to unzip Frank&#39;s pants and started to drag the black tight pants down Frank&#39;s legs, taking Frank&#39;s boxers down with him. He didn&#39;t say anything, he just stared into Frank&#39;s beautiful brown eyes. Then he grabbed Frank&#39;s unbelievably hard dick, making Frank moan. Gerard smirked and started to tease Frank a bit. He started to lick his inner tight, moving up to Frank&#39;s balls, then back down and behind to Frank&#39;s asshole. Then he did the same thing again and again, never touching Frank&#39;s dick. Frank was moaning Gerard&#39;s name again and again at the top of his lungs. Gerard decided that he was done with the teasing and put Frank&#39;s dick in his mouth taking the whole thing down his throat. Frank gasped in surprise and started to buck his hips forward so he could get his dick further down Gerard&#39;s throat, even though there wasn&#39;t anymore to put inside.     Frank felt that familiar feeling in the pit of his stomach that was telling him that he was close.     &quot;Fuck, Gerard. I&#39;m close!&quot;     Gerard pulled away as soon as Frank said that.      &quot;Don&#39;t come yet. I want you too come with me. Now bed over that sink, so we can look at ourselves while I fuck you.&quot;     Frank did as he was told and he could see that Gerard took up a bottle of lube from his robe and went behind Frank. Frank soon felt one finger slowly push inside him. He moaned and started to push his as against the finger. Soon the finger was out and was replaced with to fingers. Gerard started to scissoring Frank, opening him up for his hard cock. When he though that Frank was ready he pulled his fingers out, pulled his robe and his man-thong off and placed himself behind Frank. Slowly he started to push himself in. He didn&#39;t want to hurt Frank, so he stopped a few times to make sure Frank was okay. After ten minutes or so, he was fully inside Frank and Frank was begging him to fuck him.      &quot;Fuck me, Gerard. Fuck me hard.&quot;     Gerard did what he was told and started to fuck Frank, fast. Again and again he pulled almost out and slide his cock back in.      &quot;Oh, Fuck. Right there!&quot;     Frank screamed as Gerard hit his prostate. Gerard started to slide his cock again and again against Frank&#39;s prostate, making Frank scream out in pleasure everytime. He knew he couldn&#39;t hold it much longer, so when he felt that feeling in the pit of his stomach he began to fuck Frank harder and with his right hand he started to pump Frank.    &quot;Gerard, I&#39;m coming.&quot;     &quot;Me too. Come with me.&quot;     As soon as Gerard screamed that, they both came. Frank in Gerard&#39;s hand, Gerard inside Frank&#39;s ass.     They stood there panting for a while before the started to get dressed an leave. Gerard gave Frank one last kiss before Frank turned to leave, but turned back and whispered softly into Gerard&#39;s ear.      &quot;Thanks for the memories.&quot;     ]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<em><div style="text-align: center"><img src="http://bloggfiler.no/loveandwar.blogg.no/images/715129-9-1268441091568.jpg" alt="" /><br />Word count: 1218<br /><br /><br /><br /><div align="left"><strong>[Frank]</strong><br /><br /></div></div></em><div align="center"> </div><div id="text-content"><div align="left"><strong> He sat on the hard, brown, wooden chair on the first row, his hands over his crotch to hide his erection, drooling over this amazing stripper that stood in front of him. His his hazel brown eyes was plastered on the strippers unbelievably big, hard cock that was clearly visible in his pink man thong. </strong><br /><br /><strong> This is what Frank Iero did every night. Every night he would sit on the hard, brown, wooden chair on the first row, holding his hands over his erection, drooling over that amazing stripper. Staring at his big, hard cock. Every night he would get a lap dance, get unbelievably hard, every night he go home with that unbelievably hard on and jerk himself off watching a tape named &quot;What is going on in a gay strip club?&quot; that he once made for a school project. That was the first, but not the last time he visited &quot;The Black Rose&quot; and the first, but not the last time he saw this amazingly hot stripper, Gerard Way.</strong><br /><br /><strong> While Frank sat there drooling, Gerard was looking on that guy with black hair, black tight pants, Iron Maiden tee and hands over his hard-on. He was simply the hottest guy on earth and he was the reason Gerard came to work every night. He was the one Gerard wanted to fuck senseless ever since his first day at work. And today was the day Gerard was going to do it. </strong><br /><br /><strong> As Gerard walked over to do the every night lap dance for the hot guy he took out that yellow post-it note that he had hidden in his pink man thong. He was gonna open the zipper in the hot guys pants and put the post-it note inside. </strong><br /><br /><strong> As Gerard started to dance he moved Frank&#39;s hands from his hard-on, Frank&#39;s eyes got wide and he gasped as Gerard went down on his knees in front of him and started to unzip his pants. Gerard put his hands inside and lightly touched Frank&#39;s dick. Frank gave a quiet moan, but it was loud enough for Gerard too hear. Frank was a bit disappointed as Gerard took his hand out and stood up, but he didn&#39;t let it show. Nothing is gonna happen, right? </strong><br /><br /><strong> Gerard bended down to Frank&#39;s ear, smelling Frank&#39;s strawberry shampoo on the way and softly whispered; </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;That moan was soooo hot.&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> He then blew some air into Frank&#39;s ear, before he whispered again; </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;You might wanna check your pants.&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> With that said, he walked back on stage, picked up the money that was trowed at him during his little show, then he went backstage, blowing a kiss to Frank just before he disappeared behind the curtains. </strong><br /><br /><strong> Frank looked down to his now open fly and noticed the yellow post-it note. He picked it up and read it. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;I sooo wanna fuck you right now. I&#39;ll be waiting for you in the bathroom backstage. Just show the guard this note and he let you in.&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> Frank immediately stood up and went backstage. He showed the guard the note and the guard let him in with a smile. Frank blushed and went in. There were a lot of people back there, but Frank didn&#39;t care. All he cared about was that he was so horny and wanted Gerard to fuck him right now. </strong><br /><br /><strong> In the bathroom, Gerard stood against the sink with his pink bathrobe on. He was finally going to fuck this hot guy he had been watching for almost two months now. A low knock snapped Gerard out of his thought and he reached for the doorknob. &quot;This is is.&quot; he thought as he took a deep breath before opening the door, pulling the little guy in and roughly presses his lips against Frank&#39;s.</strong><br /><br /><strong> Frank reached behind his back, so he could close the door. Once it was closed Gerard pushed Frank against it before he pulled away. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Fuck, you taste so fucking good. I&#39;ve been waiting for this sooo long. I could kiss you all day, but I know something that I bet taste even better.&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> Gerard gave Frank an horny grin before he slowly started to bend down on his knees. Frank was too horny to say anything. </strong><br /><br /><strong> Gerard slowly started to unzip Frank&#39;s pants and started to drag the black tight pants down Frank&#39;s legs, taking Frank&#39;s boxers down with him. He didn&#39;t say anything, he just stared into Frank&#39;s beautiful brown eyes. Then he grabbed Frank&#39;s unbelievably hard dick, making Frank moan. Gerard smirked and started to tease Frank a bit. He started to lick his inner tight, moving up to Frank&#39;s balls, then back down and behind to Frank&#39;s asshole. Then he did the same thing again and again, never touching Frank&#39;s dick. Frank was moaning Gerard&#39;s name again and again at the top of his lungs. Gerard decided that he was done with the teasing and put Frank&#39;s dick in his mouth taking the whole thing down his throat. Frank gasped in surprise and started to buck his hips forward so he could get his dick further down Gerard&#39;s throat, even though there wasn&#39;t anymore to put inside.</strong><br /><br /><strong> Frank felt that familiar feeling in the pit of his stomach that was telling him that he was close.</strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Fuck, Gerard. I&#39;m close!&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> Gerard pulled away as soon as Frank said that. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Don&#39;t come yet. I want you too come with me. Now bed over that sink, so we can look at ourselves while I fuck you.&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> Frank did as he was told and he could see that Gerard took up a bottle of lube from his robe and went behind Frank. Frank soon felt one finger slowly push inside him. He moaned and started to push his as against the finger. Soon the finger was out and was replaced with to fingers. Gerard started to scissoring Frank, opening him up for his hard cock. When he though that Frank was ready he pulled his fingers out, pulled his robe and his man-thong off and placed himself behind Frank. Slowly he started to push himself in. He didn&#39;t want to hurt Frank, so he stopped a few times to make sure Frank was okay. After ten minutes or so, he was fully inside Frank and Frank was begging him to fuck him. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Fuck me, Gerard. Fuck me hard.&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> Gerard did what he was told and started to fuck Frank, fast. Again and again he pulled almost out and slide his cock back in. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Oh, Fuck. Right there!&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> Frank screamed as Gerard hit his prostate. Gerard started to slide his cock again and again against Frank&#39;s prostate, making Frank scream out in pleasure everytime. He knew he couldn&#39;t hold it much longer, so when he felt that feeling in the pit of his stomach he began to fuck Frank harder and with his right hand he started to pump Frank.</strong><br /><strong> &quot;Gerard, I&#39;m coming.&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Me too. Come with me.&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> As soon as Gerard screamed that, they both came. Frank in Gerard&#39;s hand, Gerard inside Frank&#39;s ass.</strong><br /><br /><strong> They stood there panting for a while before the started to get dressed an leave. Gerard gave Frank one last kiss before Frank turned to leave, but turned back and whispered softly into Gerard&#39;s ear. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Thanks for the memories.&quot; </strong></div> </div>]]></content:encoded>
			<bs:blogid></bs:blogid>
			<bs:blogurl></bs:blogurl>
			<bs:blogname></bs:blogname>
			<bs:itemtitle></bs:itemtitle>
			<bs:image-profile></bs:image-profile>
			<bs:url-profile></bs:url-profile>
			<bs:comments>2</bs:comments>
						<bs:image>http://bloggfiler.no/loveandwar.blogg.no/images/715129-9-1268441091568.jpg</bs:image>
					
		</item>

		
		<item>
			<title>She Wonders What It&#039;s Like To Have It All</title>
			<pubDate>Sun, 28 Feb 2010 16:49:57 GMT</pubDate>
			<link>http://loveandwar.blogg.no/1267375797_she_wonders_what_its_.html</link>
			<guid>http://loveandwar.blogg.no/1267375797_she_wonders_what_its_.html</guid>
			<description><![CDATA[    Word count: 1218     [Mitchel]        &quot;I need a kick drum,      a guitar now,       and a bass line,       and imma show you how,&quot;      I&#39;ve been watching this girl all day. We&#39;re having a concert at this school, and this girl have been standing by herself all day. I felt really bad for her, so I&#39;ve decided that I&#39;m gonna make the in crowd about her.      &quot;How to rock       how to dance       how to get down,       and all I need is a piano in my track now       throw your hands      throw your hands      throw your hands      throw your hands up      (whoa ohoh, whoa ohoh)&quot;      All the student&#39;s started to jump and throw their hands up, but she, she just stood there. Looking kinda sad, watching all the other people having fun.      &quot;Cause you can&#39;t      cause you can&#39;t       cause you can&#39;t      cause you can&#39;t stop      (whoa ohoh, whoa ohoh)       Can you hear me (hey)       do you feel it (hey)      If you with me (oh)      1-2-3       Cause we&#39;re here and we&#39;re now and we&#39;re all together      So let&#39;s make this last forever       Of all the stars are in the skies at night      you got to ask one thing to shine quite as bright       throw your hands      throw your hands      throw your hands      throw your hands up      (whoa ohoh, whoa ohoh)       cause you can&#39;t      cause you can&#39;t       cause you can&#39;t      cause you can&#39;t stop      (whoa ohoh, whoa ohoh)       Can you hear me (hey)       do you feel it (hey)      If you with me (oh)      1-2-3       Cause we&#39;re here and we&#39;re now and we&#39;re all together      So let&#39;s make this last forever&quot;      I finished the song, and people started screaming. I took a sip from the water bottle that was standing nearby and went back to the mic.      &quot;This is the last song, and I want two people up here on stage with me. The first person I want is you.&quot;      I pointed at the girl who I&#39;ve been watching, and she started to shake her head.     &quot;Oh, come on. Don&#39;t be shy.&quot;      She hesitated, but she started to walk towards the stage. People look disgusted as she made her way on stage, some even threw something at her. I saw it, but I decided not to say anything. They&#39;ll understand, sooner or later why I picked her.     &quot;Then I want ....&quot;      I scanned the crowd. I wanted to take one of the more popular girls.      &quot;You.&quot;      I pointed at a girl, who&#39;s standing in the middle of a bunch of boys. People started to clap and whistle, as she made her way up, bowing as she came on stage.      &quot;Okay, so what I want you two to do, is dance, move, or whatever. Together. I don&#39;t want too see you standing still. Can you do that?&quot;      The both nodded and I smiled.      &quot;Great, so here is the last song for the day and it&#39;s called the in crowd.&quot;      The band started to play and I turned around to the audience.      &quot;Spin away the combination for the last time      Say goodbye to this year      She wish she could avoid the empty summer days that await her      The fakers smile goodbye celebrating there new freedom      She sit alone on the couch       Wondering why.&quot;      I walked around them and they actually danced and smiled to eachother. I looked at the first girl and she smiled. She was so onto me.      &quot;She wonder what its like to have it all       To never be afraid that she would fall      But she don&#39;t think she&#39;d ever known the time      That she was part of the in crowd       Here we go another day another disgrace      Fall flat on her face      She wish she had a bunch of money      Catch a plane head out west      Still run and play around      All full of the fans and freedom      She sit alone on the couch       Wondering why&quot;      I found two microphones, and gave one to each, they took them, but looked at me.     &quot;Sing the rest of the song with me.&quot;      &quot;She wonder what its like to have it all      To never be afraid that she would fall      But she don&#39;t think she&#39;d ever known a time      That she was part of the in crowd&quot;      They were really into it now, I could tell. They we&#39;re holding hands, smiling, jumping and dancing.      &quot;Doesn&#39;t anyone here live an original life      Or did you surrender to be on the inside,      When you disappear they wont remember your name      And you&#39;ll fade away til someone takes your place.      Takes your place      In the in crowd      Spin away the combination for the last time       Say goodbye to this year      She wish she could avoid the empty summer days that await her.      The fakers smile goodbye celebrating there new freedom      She sit alone on the couch       But she&#39;s ready to fly&quot;      &quot;Everybody sing the last part with us!&quot;       &quot;She wonder what its like to have it all      To never be afraid that she would fall      But she don&#39;t think she&#39;d ever known the time      She wonder what its like to have it all      To never be afraid that she would fall      But she don&#39;t think she&#39;d ever known the time      That she was part of the in crowd.       Of the in crowd      In the in crowd       She don&#39;t need anything that she can&#39;t find in me      She&#39;s alive she&#39;s have been out of line at the end      Waiting for something more something new to begin      Waiting for something more someway to fit in       In the in crowd      In the in crowd&quot;      The whole crowd, who had been clapping and dancing through the whole song, sang with us, this was definitely the best concert I had had so far. I walked and stood beside the girls.      &quot;Thank you very much. Now I would like to know your names.&quot;      I looked at the first girl, and she looked around first, but then she lifted the mic to her mouth.      &quot;My name is Victoria.&quot;      The other girl looked a bit shocked before she turned to face Victoria.      &quot;No way! That&#39;s my name two.&quot;      Victoria number one smiled and jumped a bit.      &quot;Really?&quot;      They didn&#39;t talk in the mic, so I could wrap the concert up, without them disturbing.      &quot;So, I guess that&#39;s it! I loved singing for you guys, you&#39;re great! Have a great summer vacation. Bye.&quot;      The crowd cheered as I left the stage, Victoria and Victoria still standing there talking. I think I didn&#39;t a good thing for both of them.      **      [One month later]      I log onto twitter and click &quot;@Mitchelmusso&quot;, and read trough it. It&#39;s the same as always, the &quot;I love you &lt;3&lt;3&lt;3&lt;3&lt;3&quot; and &quot;You&#39;re awesome!!!!!&quot; replies, never stop. But as I go through all of them, I see one that&#39;s not like the usually replies.      &quot;Victoriaflannel @Mitchelmosso Hi! I&#39;m Victoria. You know, the first girl you took up on stage at the concert you had at our school about a month ago. Remember me? I was just gonna thank you for what you did. You don&#39;t know how grateful I am. Me and Victoria is now bestfriends, and we hang out all the time, and I&#39;ve also got a lot of other friends too, just because you took me and Victoria on stage. Thank you so much. Bye.&quot;     I smiled. I knew it would work.  ]]></description>
			<content:encoded><![CDATA[<div style="text-align: center"><img src="http://bloggfiler.no/loveandwar.blogg.no/images/715129-9-1268440963115.jpg" alt="" /><br /><em>Word count: 1218<br /><br /></em></div><strong>[Mitchel] </strong><br /><div align="left"><br /></div><strong><em>&quot;I need a kick drum,</em></strong><br /><strong><em> a guitar now, </em></strong><br /><strong><em> and a bass line, </em></strong><br /><strong><em> and imma show you how,&quot;</em></strong><br /><br /><strong> I&#39;ve been watching this girl all day. We&#39;re having a concert at this school, and this girl have been standing by herself all day. I felt really bad for her, so I&#39;ve decided that I&#39;m gonna make the in crowd about her. </strong><br /><br /><strong><em>&quot;How to rock </em></strong><br /><strong><em> how to dance </em></strong><br /><strong><em> how to get down, </em></strong><br /><strong><em> and all I need is a piano in my track now</em></strong><br /><br /><strong><em> throw your hands</em></strong><br /><strong><em> throw your hands</em></strong><br /><strong><em> throw your hands</em></strong><br /><strong><em> throw your hands up</em></strong><br /><strong><em> (whoa ohoh, whoa ohoh)&quot;</em></strong><br /><br /><strong> All the student&#39;s started to jump and throw their hands up, but she, she just stood there. Looking kinda sad, watching all the other people having fun. </strong><br /><br /><strong><em>&quot;Cause you can&#39;t</em></strong><br /><strong><em> cause you can&#39;t </em></strong><br /><strong><em> cause you can&#39;t</em></strong><br /><strong><em> cause you can&#39;t stop</em></strong><br /><strong><em> (whoa ohoh, whoa ohoh)</em></strong><br /><br /><strong><em> Can you hear me (hey) </em></strong><br /><strong><em> do you feel it (hey)</em></strong><br /><strong><em> If you with me (oh)</em></strong><br /><strong><em> 1-2-3</em></strong><br /><br /><strong><em> Cause we&#39;re here and we&#39;re now and we&#39;re all together</em></strong><br /><strong><em> So let&#39;s make this last forever</em></strong><br /><br /><strong><em> Of all the stars are in the skies at night</em></strong><br /><strong><em> you got to ask one thing to shine quite as bright</em></strong><br /><br /><strong><em> throw your hands</em></strong><br /><strong><em> throw your hands</em></strong><br /><strong><em> throw your hands</em></strong><br /><strong><em> throw your hands up</em></strong><br /><strong><em> (whoa ohoh, whoa ohoh)</em></strong><br /><br /><strong><em> cause you can&#39;t</em></strong><br /><strong><em> cause you can&#39;t </em></strong><br /><strong><em> cause you can&#39;t</em></strong><br /><strong><em> cause you can&#39;t stop</em></strong><br /><strong><em> (whoa ohoh, whoa ohoh)</em></strong><br /><br /><strong><em> Can you hear me (hey) </em></strong><br /><strong><em> do you feel it (hey)</em></strong><br /><strong><em> If you with me (oh)</em></strong><br /><strong><em> 1-2-3</em></strong><br /><br /><strong><em> Cause we&#39;re here and we&#39;re now and we&#39;re all together</em></strong><br /><strong><em> So let&#39;s make this last forever&quot;</em></strong><br /><br /><strong> I finished the song, and people started screaming. I took a sip from the water bottle that was standing nearby and went back to the mic. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;This is the last song, and I want two people up here on stage with me. The first person I want is you.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> I pointed at the girl who I&#39;ve been watching, and she started to shake her head.</strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Oh, come on. Don&#39;t be shy.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> She hesitated, but she started to walk towards the stage. People look disgusted as she made her way on stage, some even threw something at her. I saw it, but I decided not to say anything. They&#39;ll understand, sooner or later why I picked her.</strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Then I want ....&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> I scanned the crowd. I wanted to take one of the more popular girls. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;You.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> I pointed at a girl, who&#39;s standing in the middle of a bunch of boys. People started to clap and whistle, as she made her way up, bowing as she came on stage. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Okay, so what I want you two to do, is dance, move, or whatever. Together. I don&#39;t want too see you standing still. Can you do that?&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> The both nodded and I smiled. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Great, so here is the last song for the day and it&#39;s called the in crowd.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> The band started to play and I turned around to the audience. </strong><br /><br /><strong><em>&quot;Spin away the combination for the last time</em></strong><br /><strong><em> Say goodbye to this year</em></strong><br /><strong><em> She wish she could avoid the empty summer days that await her</em></strong><br /><strong><em> The fakers smile goodbye celebrating there new freedom</em></strong><br /><strong><em> She sit alone on the couch </em></strong><br /><strong><em> Wondering why.&quot;</em></strong><br /><br /><strong> I walked around them and they actually danced and smiled to eachother. I looked at the first girl and she smiled. She was so onto me. </strong><br /><br /><strong><em>&quot;She wonder what its like to have it all </em></strong><br /><strong><em> To never be afraid that she would fall</em></strong><br /><strong><em> But she don&#39;t think she&#39;d ever known the time</em></strong><br /><strong><em> That she was part of the in crowd</em></strong><br /><br /><strong><em> Here we go another day another disgrace</em></strong><br /><strong><em> Fall flat on her face</em></strong><br /><strong><em> She wish she had a bunch of money</em></strong><br /><strong><em> Catch a plane head out west</em></strong><br /><strong><em> Still run and play around</em></strong><br /><strong><em> All full of the fans and freedom</em></strong><br /><strong><em> She sit alone on the couch </em></strong><br /><strong><em> Wondering why&quot;</em></strong><br /><br /><strong> I found two microphones, and gave one to each, they took them, but looked at me.</strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Sing the rest of the song with me.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong><em>&quot;She wonder what its like to have it all</em></strong><br /><strong><em> To never be afraid that she would fall</em></strong><br /><strong><em> But she don&#39;t think she&#39;d ever known a time</em></strong><br /><strong><em> That she was part of the in crowd&quot;</em></strong><br /><br /><strong> They were really into it now, I could tell. They we&#39;re holding hands, smiling, jumping and dancing. </strong><br /><br /><strong><em>&quot;Doesn&#39;t anyone here live an original life</em></strong><br /><strong><em> Or did you surrender to be on the inside,</em></strong><br /><strong><em> When you disappear they wont remember your name</em></strong><br /><strong><em> And you&#39;ll fade away til someone takes your place.</em></strong><br /><strong><em> Takes your place</em></strong><br /><strong><em> In the in crowd</em></strong><br /><br /><strong><em>Spin away the combination for the last time </em></strong><br /><strong><em> Say goodbye to this year</em></strong><br /><strong><em> She wish she could avoid the empty summer days that await her.</em></strong><br /><strong><em> The fakers smile goodbye celebrating there new freedom</em></strong><br /><strong><em> She sit alone on the couch </em></strong><br /><strong><em> But she&#39;s ready to fly&quot;</em></strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Everybody sing the last part with us!&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong><em> &quot;She wonder what its like to have it all</em></strong><br /><strong><em> To never be afraid that she would fall</em></strong><br /><strong><em> But she don&#39;t think she&#39;d ever known the time</em></strong><br /><strong><em> She wonder what its like to have it all</em></strong><br /><strong><em> To never be afraid that she would fall</em></strong><br /><strong><em> But she don&#39;t think she&#39;d ever known the time</em></strong><br /><strong><em> That she was part of the in crowd.</em></strong><br /><br /><strong><em> Of the in crowd</em></strong><br /><strong><em> In the in crowd</em></strong><br /><br /><strong><em> She don&#39;t need anything that she can&#39;t find in me</em></strong><br /><strong><em> She&#39;s alive she&#39;s have been out of line at the end</em></strong><br /><strong><em> Waiting for something more something new to begin</em></strong><br /><strong><em> Waiting for something more someway to fit in</em></strong><br /><br /><strong><em> In the in crowd</em></strong><br /><strong><em> In the in crowd&quot;</em></strong><br /><br /><strong> The whole crowd, who had been clapping and dancing through the whole song, sang with us, this was definitely the best concert I had had so far. I walked and stood beside the girls. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Thank you very much. Now I would like to know your names.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> I looked at the first girl, and she looked around first, but then she lifted the mic to her mouth. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;My name is Victoria.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> The other girl looked a bit shocked before she turned to face Victoria. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;No way! That&#39;s my name two.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> Victoria number one smiled and jumped a bit. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Really?&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> They didn&#39;t talk in the mic, so I could wrap the concert up, without them disturbing. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;So, I guess that&#39;s it! I loved singing for you guys, you&#39;re great! Have a great summer vacation. Bye.&quot; </strong><br /><br /><strong> The crowd cheered as I left the stage, Victoria and Victoria still standing there talking. I think I didn&#39;t a good thing for both of them. </strong><br /><br /><strong> ** </strong><br /><br /><strong> [One month later] </strong><br /><br /><strong> I log onto twitter and click &quot;@Mitchelmusso&quot;, and read trough it. It&#39;s the same as always, the &quot;I love you &lt;3&lt;3&lt;3&lt;3&lt;3&quot; and &quot;You&#39;re awesome!!!!!&quot; replies, never stop. But as I go through all of them, I see one that&#39;s not like the usually replies. </strong><br /><br /><strong> &quot;Victoriaflannel @Mitchelmosso Hi! I&#39;m Victoria. You know, the first girl you took up on stage at the concert you had at our school about a month ago. Remember me? I was just gonna thank you for what you did. You don&#39;t know how grateful I am. Me and Victoria is now bestfriends, and we hang out all the time, and I&#39;ve also got a lot of other friends too, just because you took me and Victoria on stage. Thank you so much. Bye.&quot;</strong><br /><br /><strong> I smiled. I knew it would work. </strong>]]></content:encoded>
			<bs:blogid></bs:blogid>
			<bs:blogurl></bs:blogurl>
			<bs:blogname></bs:blogname>
			<bs:itemtitle></bs:itemtitle>
			<bs:image-profile></bs:image-profile>
			<bs:url-profile></bs:url-profile>
			<bs:comments>1</bs:comments>
						<bs:image>http://bloggfiler.no/loveandwar.blogg.no/images/715129-9-1268440963115.jpg</bs:image>
					
		</item>

		
	</channel>
</rss>

